Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / Applied Optoelectronics

Applied Optoelectronics

aaoi · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker aaoi
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Applied Optoelectronics
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One)
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021

OR 

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                    

Commission File Number: 001-36083 

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)   

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

76-0533927
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

13139 Jess Pirtle Blvd. 
Sugar Land, TX 77478
(Address of principal executive offices) 

(281) 295-1800
(Registrant’s telephone number)  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, Par value $0.001

Trading Symbol(s)
AAOI

Trading Name of each exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Global Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933  Yes ☐   No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act  Yes ☐   No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90
days.  Yes ☒   No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-

T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files).   Yes ☒   No ☐

 Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth 
company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer”  and  “smaller  reporting  company”  and  “emerging  growth  company”  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the 
Exchange Act.   (Check one):

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

☐
☐  

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

☒
☒
☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark whether the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or

revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  its  internal  control  over

financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes ☐   No ☒

As of June 30, 2021, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was $180,051,906 based upon the closing sales price of
the Registrant’s common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Markets on June 30, 2021 of $8.47 per share. Shares of common stock held by officers, directors and
holders of more than ten percent of the outstanding common stock have been excluded from this calculation because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This
determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

As of February 21, 2022, the Registrant had 27,508,200 outstanding shares of Common Stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of  the  Registrant’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  the  Registrant’s  2022  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  are  incorporated  by  reference  in  Part  III  of  this
Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not
later than 120 days of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. 
Table of Contents 

Table of Contents

Part I

Item 1.

Business

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 2.

Properties

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosure

Part II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Item 6.

[Reserved]

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

Item 9B.

Other Information

Item 9C

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Part III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Part IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statements Schedules

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

Signatures

2

Page

3

3

14

28

28

28

28

29

29

30

30

47

48

48

48

51

55

52

52

52

52

52

52

53

53

53

60

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Information 

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  ("Form  10-K")  contains  forward-looking  statements  that  are  based  on  our  management’s  beliefs  and
assumptions and on information currently available to our management, including statements appearing under the heading, “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”. The statements contained in this Form 10-K that are not purely historical are forward-looking
statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995,  Section  27A  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  or  the
Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking
statements by terminology such as ‘‘may,’’ ‘‘will,’’ ‘‘should,’’ ‘‘expects,’’ ‘‘plans,’’ ‘‘anticipates,’’ ‘‘believes,’’ ‘‘estimates,” “strategy,” “future,” “likely,” or
“would”  or  by  other  similar  expressions  that  convey  uncertainty  of  future  events  or  outcomes.    These  forward-looking  statements  involve  risks  and
uncertainties, as well as assumptions and current expectations, which could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in
such forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include but are not limited to: statements about reduction in the size or quantity of customer
orders;  change  in  demand  for  the  Company’s  products  due  to  industry  conditions;  our  ability  to  maintain  sufficient  liquidity;  changes  in  manufacturing
operations; volatility in manufacturing costs; delays in shipments of products; disruptions in the supply chain; change in the rate of design wins or the rate
of  customer  acceptance  of  new  products;  the  CCompany’s  reliance  on  a  small  number  of  customers  for  a  substantial  portion  of  its  revenues;  pricing
pressure; a decline in demand for our customers’ products or their rate of deployment of their products; general conditions in the internet data center, cable
television or CATV, telecommunications or telecom and fiber-to-the-home or FTTH; changes in the world economy (particularly in the United States and
China); the negative effects of seasonality; the anticipated impact to our business operations, customer demand and supply chain due to the recent global
pandemic  of  a  novel  strain  of  the  coronavirus  (COVID-19);  expectations  regarding  the  acquisition  or  divestiture  of  assets  and  business;  realization  of
deferred tax assets; and other risks and uncertainties described more fully under the heading “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K and those discussed in the
Company’s other documents filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. You should not rely on forward-looking statements as
predictions  of  future  events.  All  forward-looking  statements  in  this  Form  10-K  are  based  upon  information  available  to  us  as  of  the  date  hereof,  and
qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements for any
reason after the date of this report to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in the Company’s expectations.

Item 1. Business

Overview 

  PART I 

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. (the “Company” or "AOI") is a leading, vertically integrated provider of fiber-optic networking products, primarily
for four networking end-markets: internet data center, cable television, ("CATV"), telecommunications, ("telecom"), and fiber-to-the-home ("FTTH"). We
design  and  manufacture  a  range  of  optical  communications  products  at  varying  levels  of  integration,  from  components,  subassemblies  and  modules  to
complete turn-key equipment.

In designing products for our customers, we begin with the fundamental building blocks of lasers and laser components. From these foundational
products, we design and manufacture a wide range of products to meet our customers’ needs and specifications, and such products differ from each other
by  their  end  market,  intended  use  and  level  of  integration.  We  are  primarily  focused  on  the  higher-performance  segments  within  all  four  of  our  target
markets, which increasingly demand faster connectivity and innovation.

The four end markets we target are all driven by significant bandwidth demand fueled by the growth of network-connected devices, video traffic,
cloud computing and online social networking. To address this increased bandwidth demand, CATV and telecom service providers are competing directly
against  each  other  by  providing  bundles  of  voice,  video  and  data  services  to  their  subscribers  and  investing  to  enhance  the  capacity,  reliability  and
capability  of  their  networks.  The  trend  of  rising  bandwidth  consumption  also  impacts  the  internet  data  center  market,  as  reflected  in  the  shift  to  higher
speed server connections. As a result of these trends, fiber-optic networking technology is becoming essential in all four of our target markets, as it is often
the only economical way to deliver the desired bandwidth.

3

 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents

The  internet  data  center  market  is  our  largest  market.  Our  customers  in  this  market  are  generally  large  internet-based  (“Web  2.0”)  data  center
operators, to whom we supply optical transceivers that plug into switches and servers within the data center and allow these network devices to send and
receive data over fiber-optic cables. The majority of the data center optical transceivers that we sell utilize our own lasers and subassemblies (we refer to
the  transceivers  subassemblies  as  “light  engines”),  and  we  believe  that  our  in-house  technology  and  manufacturing  capability  for  these  lasers  and
subassemblies gives us an advantage over many of our competitors who often lack either development or manufacturing capabilities for these advanced
optical modules.

The CATV market is our most established market, for which we supply a broad array of products, including lasers, transmitters and transceivers,
and turn-key equipment. Sales of headend, node and distribution equipment have contributed significantly to our revenue in recent years as a result of our
ability  to  meet  the  needs  of  CATV  equipment  vendors  who  have  continued  to  outsource  both  the  design  and  manufacturing  of  this  equipment.   As  the
complexity of CATV networks has increased over the years, equipment vendors, many of whom are our customers, have been under pressure to supply a
wider variety of increasingly complex equipment to CATV multiple system operators ("MSOs").  In order to meet these demands, many equipment vendors
have looked to engage with suppliers like AOI who have the capability to design and manufacture various network equipment or subassemblies, rather than
always  developing  these  devices  themselves.    This  outsourcing  trend  has  been  a  significant  contributor  to  the  revenue  we  derive  from  the  CATV
market.  We believe that our extensive high-speed optical, mixed-signal semiconductor and mechanical engineering capabilities position us well to continue
to benefit from these industry dynamics.

In the telecom market we supply lasers and laser subassemblies as well as transceivers.  Our customers in this segment consist mostly of network
equipment  manufacturers  ("NEMs")  and  other  manufacturers  of  optical  transceivers.    Our  NEM  customers  manufacture  equipment  used  in
telecommunications  networks  and  our  transceiver  manufacturer  customers  use  our  lasers  and  subassemblies  in  the  manufacture  of  their  optical
transceivers.  Most of our products in this segment are purchased for use in advanced 5G mobile network deployments.

Our  vertically  integrated  manufacturing  model  provides  us  several  advantages,  including  rapid  product  development,  fast  response  times  to
customer  requests  and  greater  control  over  product  quality  and  manufacturing  costs.  We  design,  manufacture  and  integrate  our  own  analog  and  digital
lasers  using  proprietary  Molecular  Beam  Epitaxy,  or  MBE,  and  Metal  Organic  Chemical  Vapor  Deposition  (MOCVD)  fabrication  process,  which  we
believe  is  unique  in  our  industry.  We  manufacture  the  majority  of  the  laser  chips  and  optical  components  that  are  used  in  our  products.  The  lasers  we
manufacture are tested extensively to enable reliable operation over time and our devices are often highly tolerant of changes in temperature and humidity,
making them well-suited to the CATV, FTTH and 5G markets where networking equipment is often installed outdoors.

In 2021, 2020 and 2019, our revenue was $211.6 million, $234.6 million, and $190.9 million and our gross margin was 17.8%, 21.5%, and 24.2%.
In the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we had net loss of $53.7 million, $58.5 million, and $66.0 million, respectively. At December 31,
2021  and  2020,  our  accumulated  deficit  were  $142.2  million  and  $88.6  million,  respectively.  In  2021,  we  earned  46.1%  of  our  total  revenue  from  the
internet data center market and 44.6% of our total revenue from the CATV market. In 2021, our key customers in the data center market included Microsoft
Corp, a US based large datacenter operator, a US based NEM and Amazon.com. In 2021, 2020, and 2019, Microsoft accounted for 14.1%, 38.3%, and
32.2% of our revenue, the US based large datacenter operator accounted for 8.3%, 8.0%, and 0.4%, the US based NEM accounted for 7.2%, 7.9%, and
1.6%, and Amazon accounted for 5.5%, 11.5% and 24.0%, respectively. In 2021, our key customers in the CATV market included ATX Networks Corp.,
Cisco Systems, Inc., and CommScope (which in 2019 acquired Arris, who had previously acquired the Motorola Home Business in 2013 and Pace Plc in
2016). In 2021, 2020 and 2019, ATX accounted for 25.6%, 3.7% and 0% of our revenue, Cisco accounted for 11.9%, 7.5%, and 10.0% of our revenue, and
CommScope accounted for 3.3%, 2.1%, and 3.7% of our revenue, respectively.

Industry Background 

During 2021, our four target markets, internet data center, CATV, telecom and FTTH, experienced a significant growth in bandwidth consumption

and the corresponding need for network infrastructure improvement to support this growth.

The prevailing trends in our target markets include:

‑ Trends  in  the  Internet  Data  Center  Market.  To  support  the  substantial  increase  in  bandwidth  consumption,  internet  data  center  operators  are
increasing the scale of their internet data centers and deploying infrastructure capable of higher data transmission rates. As a result, there is an
ongoing transition from the use of copper cable, typically at speeds of up to 1 gigabit per second ("Gbps"), to optical fiber as a transport medium,
typically providing speeds from 10 Gbps to 400 Gbps. In recent years, a number of leading internet companies have adopted more open internet
data center architectures, using a mix of systems and components from a variety of vendors, and in some cases designing their own equipment.
For  these  companies,  compatibility  of  new  networking  equipment  with  legacy  infrastructure  is  not  as  important,  and  consequently,  these
companies are more willing to work with non-traditional equipment vendors, which we believe creates an opportunity for optical device vendors.
Moreover, transmission speeds have continued to increase among the companies who have previously transitioned from copper-based to fiber-
based infrastructure, resulting in opportunities for optical device vendors to supply new optical transceivers capable of operating at these higher
data rates.

4

 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents

‑  Trends in the CATV Market. In recent years, CATV service providers have invested extensively to support high speed, two-way communications
and we expect that they will continue to do so. In North America, CATV service providers have upgraded their networks with new technologies
like  DOCSIS  3.1,  which  enables  them  to  offer  higher  speed  connections  to  their  customers.  In  order  to  increase  available  bandwidth  for  their
customers beyond the bandwidth possible with the introduction of DOCSIS 3.1, cable MSOs have been reducing the number of customers that are
connected to a single node. By reducing the number of “homes per node,” the average bandwidth available to each customer is increased. Other
new technologies, such as Converged Cable Access Platform ("CCAP") and Remote-PHY are under development by cable equipment suppliers.
These technologies are being developed to be a cost-effective solution to provide higher available bandwidth to CATV customers.

As  the  complexity  of  CATV  networks  has  increased  over  the  years,  equipment  vendors,  many  of  whom  are  our  customers,  have  been  under
pressure to supply a wider variety of increasingly complex equipment to CATV MSOs.  In order to meet these demands, many equipment vendors
have looked to engage with suppliers like AOI, who have the capability to design and manufacture various network equipment or subassemblies,
rather than always developing these devices themselves.  This outsourcing trend has been a significant contributor to the revenue we derive from
the CATV market.

‑  Trends in the Telecom Market. The telecom market is composed of customers who deploy wireline optical networks, other than Passive Optical
Networks,  or  PONs,  for  telecom  access  networks,  including  for  backhaul  of  cellular  telephone  signals.  As  demand  for  mobile  internet
connectivity has increased in recent years, reliable and high-speed optical networks have become increasingly important. In particular, the use of
wavelength  division  multiplexing  ("WDM")  to  expand  the  capacity  of  mobile  networks  has  led  to  increased  demand  for  WDM  components
(including  lasers  and  transceivers)  by  telecom  equipment  manufacturers.  In  coming  years,  we  believe  that  the  deployment  of  advanced  5G
networks will result in increased demand for optical components, especially those used in connecting between antennas and base stations, as well
as for backhaul as mentioned above.

‑  Trends  in  the  FTTH  Market.  The  FTTH  market  generally  refers  to  the  PONs  that  telecom  service  providers  deploy.  The  most  commonly
deployed PON technology is Gigabit PON, or GPON, which delivers up to 2.5 Gbps of data, but due to the splitting of the bandwidth among
multiple users, the actual bandwidth delivered to an individual subscriber is far less than 2.5 Gbps. One approach that does support true 1 Gbps
service to the home is wavelength division multiplexing PON, or WDM-PON, a technology that enables the transmission of multiple wavelengths
of data over a single fiber-optic strand. We also see opportunities for 10 Gbps Ethernet Passive Optical Network ("EPON") and higher data rate
PON networks in the future.

Our Solutions 

We experience certain challenges within our target markets, including continuous pressure to innovate and deliver highly integrated products that

perform reliably in harsh, demanding environments and to produce high-quality devices in large volumes at competitive prices.

5

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
Table of Contents

By addressing the challenges in our target markets, we provide the following benefits to our customers:

‑  Enable customers to deliver innovative products. We leverage our extensive expertise in high-speed optical, mixed-signal semiconductor and
mechanical engineering, and MOCVD and our proprietary MBE laser fabrication process to deliver technologically advanced products to our
customers.

‑  Enhance efficiency and cost effectiveness of our customers’ supply chains. We design and sell products at the level of integration desired by
a customer, from components to turn-key equipment, providing our customers a dependable, cost-effective and simplified supply chain.

‑  Deliver  high  quality,  reliable  products  in  high  volume.  As  a  vertically  integrated  supplier,  we  are  able  to  monitor  and  maintain  quality
control  throughout  the  production  process,  using  our  internally  produced  components,  where  possible,  for  our  final  products.  With
manufacturing facilities in the U.S., Taiwan and China, we can support high volume production and timely delivery for our customers around
the world.

‑  Provide sophisticated design solutions to our customers. We believe our in-house expertise in both analog and digital optical engineering
enables us to design comprehensive solutions that meet many of the different network architectures and protocols used by our customers.

Our Strengths 

Our key competitive strengths include the following:

‑  Proprietary  technological  expertise  and  track  record  of  innovation.  We  continue  to  develop  innovative  products  by  leveraging  our

technological expertise, including our proprietary MBE and MOCVD laser fabrication process.

‑ 

Innovative light engine design and manufacturing. High-speed data center interconnect transceivers increasingly rely on multiple parallel
optical signals. Our expertise in designing and manufacturing light engines, which combine lasers and photodiodes, and in some cases, driver
electronics  and/or  signal  amplifiers,  with  channel  multiplexing  and  de-multiplexing  elements,  gives  us  the  ability  to  quickly  develop  new
products for our data center customers.

‑  Proven  system  design  capabilities.  We  have  extensive  expertise  and  proven  design  capabilities  in  high-speed  optical,  mixed-signal
semiconductor and mechanical engineering, which we believe position us to take advantage of the continuing shift to outsourced design and
manufacturing among CATV equipment vendors.

‑ 

Industry-leading  position  in  the  CATV  market.  We  continue  to  be  awarded  new  design  and  manufacturing  opportunities  for  CATV
components and equipment. We serve a majority of the largest CATV equipment manufacturers in the world and our knowledge of both their
requirements and the needs of their customers (the CATV network operators) allows us to access these new opportunities.

‑  Vertically  integrated,  geographically  distributed  manufacturing  model.  Our  vertically  integrated  design  and  manufacturing  process
encompasses  various  steps  from  laser  design  and  fabrication  to  complete  optical  system  design  and  assembly.  Furthermore,  we  have
geographically distributed our manufacturing by strategically locating our operations in the U.S., China and Taiwan to reduce development
time and production costs, to better support our customers and to help protect our intellectual property.

Our Strategy 

We seek to be the leading global provider of optical components, modules and equipment for each of our four target markets: internet data centers,

CATV, telecom and FTTH. Our strategy includes the following key elements:

‑  Continue to penetrate the internet data center market. In the internet data center market, we primarily target internet data center operators
who have adopted an open system architecture—one in which the optical connectivity solutions can be provided by a different vendor than
the vendor which provides their servers and switches.

6

 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Table of Contents

‑  Extend our leadership in CATV networking. We intend to maintain our position as a leading producer of optical components used in CATV
networks, and to capture an increasing share of the CATV equipment market as the major equipment vendors continue to outsource the design
and manufacturing of such products.

‑  Develop new products for the Telecom market. Our addressable telecom market has often been limited by our relatively small portfolio of
products  for  this  market.  In  many  cases,  our  telecom  product  offerings  are  identical  or  nearly  identical  to  products  that  we  sell  in  other
markets  (for  example,  CATV  or  internet  data  center).  As  we  continue  to  develop  new  technological  capabilities,  we  intend  to  develop
products specifically for telecom markets.

‑  Continue to penetrate the FTTH market. We believe our WDM-PON technology is a cost-effective solution for delivering 1 Gbps bandwidth
to a home. We intend to capture an increasing share of the FTTH market by delivering optical modules enabling 1 Gbps synchronous service
to the home through our customers, who are either internet service providers or manufacturers of networking equipment supplying internet
service  providers.  Besides  WDM-PON,  we  also  believe  that  PON  networks  operating  at  10  Gbps  or  higher  will  be  in  demand  by  certain
customers in the future and we intend to develop components for these networks.

‑  Continue  to  invest  in  our  capabilities  and  infrastructure.  We  intend  to  continue  to  invest  in  new  products,  new  technology  and  our
production infrastructure and facilities to maintain and strengthen our competitive position. We engage in an active research and development
program to develop new products and enhance existing products.

‑ 

Selectively pursue other opportunities that leverage our existing expertise. Our expertise in designing and manufacturing outdoor equipment
for the CATV industry positions us well to pursue applications that are also characterized by having varying and demanding environments,
including wireless and wireline telecom infrastructure, industrial robotics, aerospace and defense, and oil and gas exploration.

‑  Pursue  complementary  acquisition  and  strategic  alliance  opportunities.  We  evaluate  and  selectively  pursue  acquisition  opportunities  or
strategic alliances that we believe will enhance or complement our current product offerings, augment our technology roadmap, or diversify
our revenue base.

Our Technology 

We  believe  that  we  have  technology  leadership  in  four  key  areas:  semiconductor  laser  manufacturing,  electronic  technologies  that  enhance  the

performance of our lasers, optical hybrid integration and mixed-signal semiconductor design.

‑  Differentiated semiconductor laser manufacturing. We use a combination of MBE and MOCVD processes in the fabrication of our lasers.
We believe that the combination of these two epitaxial processes allows our products to benefit from the advantages afforded by each of these
techniques.  Among  the  differentiators  of  MBE  relative  to  MOCVD  fabrication  are  a  lower  process  temperature  and  the  use  of  solid  phase
materials  rather  than  gaseous  sources  to  grow  wafers  and  the  growth  of  more  highly  strained  crystals.  These  factors  contribute  to  longer
operating lives of our lasers, improved laser efficiency and threshold current, and other performance attributes that make them well-suited to
our target markets. While we believe that these advantages of MBE are important, MBE does have disadvantages including the inability to
use  certain  dopant  materials  (for  example,  Iron),  difficulty  in  certain  types  of  regrowth,  and  the  necessity  to  maintain  complex  ultra-high
vacuum  equipment.  By  utilizing  MOCVD  in  a  portion  of  our  production  process,  we  are  able  to  ameliorate  some  of  these  disadvantages.
However, the epitaxial and processing steps required in the fabrication of our devices are very complex, with numerous critical steps requiring
highly precise control. As a result of some of these challenges, production yields and the performance attributes of laser devices are highly
variable and optimizing these characteristics requires numerous enhancements and modifications to standard MBE equipment and the MBE
process. To our knowledge, we are unique in incorporating MBE processes in the production of communications lasers in high volume, and
believe it would be difficult and time-consuming for other vendors to replicate our production technology.

7

 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Table of Contents

‑  Laser enhancement technology. Certain  properties  of  the  semiconductor  lasers  predominantly  used  in  traditional  communications  devices,
such  as  chirp  and  wavelength  drift,  negatively  affect  their  ability  to  transmit  signals  over  long  fiber  distances  or  prevent  them  from
transmitting signals with acceptable fidelity in certain applications. We have developed laser enhancement circuitry that can correct many of
these deficiencies. We believe that our technology will become more essential with wider deployment of higher capacity CATV and FTTH
systems, which place more stringent demands on laser performance.

‑

Optical hybrid-integration technology. Reducing the size, power consumption and complexity of optical devices is essential for achieving the
price and performance targets of our customers. Our ability to integrate multiple optical networking functions into a single device and to co-
package multiple devices into smaller form factors helps us meet customer requirements, which we believe can also create new opportunities.
For instance, the transmission speed between network elements (switches and servers, for example) within the data center has continued to
increase. However, the rate at which this data can be converted from electrical signals to optical signals by laser diodes has not increased at
the same pace. Therefore, to achieve data rates of 40 Gbps and above, many customers utilize multiple lower data rate lasers co-packaged
together into a single optical module, which we refer to as a light engine. The technology required to cost-effectively and reliably co-package
these  lasers  and  the  associated  electronic  control  circuitry  is  complex.  Our  extensive  experience  with  the  processes  and  the  manufacturing
technologies required to produce these devices gives us a competitive advantage.

Similarly, in FTTH and telecom networks, installing new fiber-optic cable is expensive and difficult, and in some situations prohibitively so
for a network service provider. As a consequence, network operators seek to maximize the utilization of their installed fiber plant. In long-
haul and metropolitan networks, the number of service providers who deployed WDM technology as fiber utilization rose. Fiber utilization in
access networks has risen, but the use of WDM technology in the access segment has been problematic due to the relatively high cost and
power  consumption  of  the  requisite  optical  devices.  We  have  developed  proprietary  miniaturized  optical  packaging,  electronic  control
circuitry and testing algorithms to create a hybrid WDM-PON solution that addresses these historical impediments that we believe will make
WDM-PON a cost-effective alternative for deployment.

‑ Mixed-signal  design.  As  CATV  providers  continue  to  evolve  from  primarily  broadcast-video  content  providers  to  a  mixture  of  HD  video
content together with data-connectivity providers, the networks they utilize to offer these services must evolve as well. Older analog networks
are giving way to hybrid networks that incorporate both analog and digital signals. For example, many newer networks are being designed
with  “digital  return-path”  capabilities,  and  certain  MSOs  have  begun  to  deploy  “Remote-PHY”  technologies.    Both  of  these  technologies
involve transporting certain network signals in digital format, and then converting these signals to and from analog signals at various points in
the MSO’s network. This combination of analog and digital signaling creates unique design challenges. Our engineers have many years of
experience in developing equipment, modules and components that are well suited to these sorts of mixed-signal architectures. We believe
that  having  deep  experience  in  both  digital  and  analog  signaling  allows  us  to  offer  superior  solutions  to  our  customers,  compared  with
companies who have expertise in only one of these signal types.

Our Products 

Our  products  include  an  array  of  optical  communications  solutions  at  varying  levels  of  integration.  We  begin  from  the  fundamental  building
blocks of lasers and laser components. From these foundational products, we design and manufacture a wide range of products from optical modules to
complete turn-key equipment. We design our products to target customers in our identified markets to meet their needs and specifications.

Our components often incorporate one or more of our optical laser chips inside a precision housing that provides mechanical protection as well as
standardized  electrical  contacts.  More  complex  optical  components  may  also  include  optical  filters  (for  example,  for  use  in  WDM)  or  other  optical
elements  by  which  optical  signals  are  routed  internally  within  the  component.  These  more  advanced  components  may  also  include  coolers,  heaters  and
sensors that allow the temperature of the laser chip to be measured and controlled. We manufacture the majority of the laser chips and optical components
that are used in our own products.

8

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents

At  the  next  level  of  integration,  our  module  or  sub-assembly  products  typically  contain  one  or  more  of  our  optical  components  and  some
additional control circuitry. Examples of modules include our transceiver line primarily used in internet data center markets, telecom markets, and FTTH
markets.

At  the  highest  level  of  integration  and  complexity,  our  equipment  products  typically  contain  one  or  more  optical  components,  modules  and
additional electronic control circuitry required to enable these subsystems to operate independently. For example, our CATV transmitter equipment requires
utilization of our optical components and assembly onto a circuit board and to an external housing. Examples of equipment include our CATV transmitter
and CATV nodes.

Intellectual Property 

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret laws and unfair competition laws, as well as confidentiality and licensing
arrangements,  to  establish  and  protect  our  intellectual  property.  We  employ  various  methods  to  protect  these  intellectual  property  rights,  including
maintaining a technological infrastructure with significant security measures, limiting disclosure and restricting access to only those individuals with an
operational need for such information, and having employees, consultants and suppliers execute confidentiality agreements with us. While we expect our
intellectual  property  to  provide  competitive  advantages,  we  also  find  meaningful  value  from  unpatented  proprietary  process  knowledge,  know-how  and
trade secrets.

Patents 

As of December 31, 2021, we owned a total of 185 U.S. issued patents and 143 patents issued in China and Taiwan, plus a number of pending
U.S.  and  foreign/international  patent  applications.  Our  issued  U.S.  and  foreign  patents  will  expire  between  2022  and  2042.  While  our  patents  are  an
important element of our success, our business as a whole is not dependent on any one patent or group of patents. We do not anticipate any material effect
on our business due to any patents expiring in 2022, and we continue to obtain new patents through our ongoing research and development.

Our portfolio of patents and patent applications covers several different technology families including:

‑

‑

‑ 

‑ 

‑

‑ 

‑ 

laser structure and design;

optical signal conditioning and laser control;

laser fabrication;

photodiode and optical receiver design and fabrication;

optical device and module designs;

optical device packaging equipment and techniques; and

optical network enhancements.

Trademarks 

We have registered the trademarks APPLIED OPTOELECTRONICS, INC., AOI and our logo with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office on the

Principal Register. These marks are also registered in, or have applications for registration pending in, various foreign trademark offices.

Research and Development 

To maintain our growth and competitiveness, we engage in an active research and development program to develop new products and enhance

existing products. As a result of these efforts, we anticipate releasing various new or enhanced products over the next several years. 

9

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2021, we had a total of 226 employees working in the R&D department, including ten with Ph.D. degrees. We continue to
recruit talented engineers to further enhance our research and development capabilities. We have research and development departments in our facilities in
Texas,  Georgia,  China  and  Taiwan.  Our  research  and  development  teams  collaborate  on  joint  projects,  and  by  co-locating  with  our  manufacturing
operations enable us to achieve an efficient cost structure and improve our time to market.

A  key  factor  in  our  research  and  development  success  is  our  highly  collaborative  process  for  new  product  development.  Particularly  in  our
equipment and module businesses, we often collaborate very closely with our customers from a very early stage in product development. By purposefully
fostering this close collaboration, we believe that we can more rapidly develop leading solutions meeting the needs of our customers.

Manufacturing and Operations 

We have three manufacturing sites: Sugar Land, Texas, Ningbo, China and Taipei, Taiwan. Our research and development functions are generally
partnered with our manufacturing locations, and we have an additional research and development facility in Duluth, Georgia. In our Sugar Land facility, we
manufacture laser chips (utilizing our MBE and MOCVD processes), subassemblies and components. The subassemblies are used in the manufacture of
components by our other manufacturing facilities or sold to third parties as modules. We manufacture our laser chips only within our Sugar Land facility,
where our laser design team is located. In our Taiwan location, we manufacture optical components, such as our butterfly lasers, which incorporate laser
chips, subassemblies and components manufactured within our Sugar Land facility. In addition, in our Taiwan location, we manufacture transceivers for the
internet data center, telecom, FTTH and other markets. In our China facility, we take advantage of lower labor costs and manufacture certain more labor
intensive components and optical equipment systems, such as optical subassemblies and transceivers for the internet data center market, CATV transmitters
(at the headend) and CATV outdoor equipment (at the node). Each manufacturing facility conducts testing on the components, modules or subsystems it
manufactures and each facility is certified to ISO 9001:2015. Our facilities in Ningbo, China, Taipei, Taiwan, and Sugar Land, Texas are all certified to ISO
14001:2015.

We  sell  our  products  to  customers  worldwide,  and  in  addition  to  these  external  customer  sales  many  of  our  products  are  used  internally  in  the
production  of  transceivers  and  equipment  that  we  manufacture.  With  a  vertically  integrated  manufacturing  process,  we  produce  many  of  our  own  laser
chips and other parts required to manufacture our optical components. Through this model, we are able to reduce development time and product costs as
well  as  actively  monitor  and  control  product  quality.  We  incorporate  our  own  components  into  our  transceivers,  subsystems  and  equipment  products
wherever  possible.  In  instances  where  we  do  not  produce  components  ourselves,  we  source  them  from  external  suppliers  and  regularly  evaluate  these
relationships in an attempt to reduce risk and lower cost.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers, including in some cases our own internal supply, for certain raw materials and components used in
our  products.  We  regularly  review  our  vendor  relationships  in  an  attempt  to  mitigate  risks  and  lower  costs,  especially  where  we  depend  on  one  or  two
vendors for critical components or raw materials. While maintaining inventories that we believe are sufficient to meet our near-term needs, we strive not to
carry  significant  inventories  of  externally  sourced  raw  materials.  Accordingly,  we  maintain  ongoing  communications  with  our  vendors  in  order  to  help
prevent  any  interruptions  in  supply,  and  have  implemented  a  supply-chain  management  program  to  maintain  quality  and  lower  purchase  prices  through
standardized purchasing efficiencies and design requirements.

Customers 

Our  customers  are  primarily  internet  data  center  operators,  CATV  and  telecom  equipment  manufacturers,  and  internet  service  providers.  We
generally employ a direct sales model in North America and in the rest of the world we use both direct and indirect sales channels. In 2021, 2020 and 2019,
we obtained 92.8%, 97.6%, and 98.0% of our revenue, respectively, through our direct sales efforts and the remainder of our revenue through our indirect
sales channels. Our sales channel partners provide logistical services and day-to-day customer support. Where we sell through an indirect sales channel, we
work with the end customer to establish technological specifications for our products. Our equipment customers typically offer our equipment under their
brand-name and our equipment is often customized with unique design or performance criteria by each of these customers. We also from time to time offer
design or manufacturing services to customers to assist them in more effectively using our products and realizing time-to-market advantages.

10

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents

In the last three years, we have taken several actions to increase the diversity of our customer base. These actions include hiring sales staff to
improve  our  ability  to  serve  new  customers  and  the  introduction  of  new  products  that  we  believe  will  appeal  to  new  customers.  Furthermore,  we  have
developed additional original design manufacturer, or ODM, relationships with customers in each of our target markets which should enable us to diversify
our revenue base.

In 2021,  the  three  customers  who  contributed  most  to  our  data  center  revenue  were  Microsoft,  a  US  based  large  datacenter  operator  and  a  US
based NEM. Our CATV products were used by three large CATV original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, consisting of ATX, Cisco and CommScope.
In 2021,  revenue  from  the  internet  data  center  market,  CATV  market,  telecom  market,  FTTH  market  and  other  markets  provided  46.1%,  44.6%,  7.7%,
0.5% and 1.2% of our revenue, respectively, compared to 73.9%, 16.2%, 9.0%, 0.01% and 0.9%, respectively, in 2020.

In our telecom market, we manufacture and sell optical products which include transceivers designed to transmit signals used in 5th Generation
("5G")  mobile  networks,  and  various  products  targeted  at  the  metro-scale  telecom  networking  market.      We  have  various  other  products  designed  for
diverse  applications,  both  inside  and  outside  of  communications  technology,  which  generally  are  derivatives  of  products  developed  for  our  four  target
markets.

We support our sales efforts by attendance at industry trade shows (virtually and in person), technical conferences and other promotional efforts.

These efforts are aimed at attracting new customers and enhancing our existing customer relationships.

Backlog 

We generally make sales pursuant to short-term purchase orders without deposits and subject to rescheduling, revision or cancellation on short
notice. We accordingly believe that purchase orders are not an accurate indicator of our future sales and any backlog of purchase orders is not a reliable
indicator of our future revenue.

Competition 

The optical networking market is intensely competitive. Because of the broad nature of our product offerings, we do not believe that we face a
single major competitor across all of our markets. We do, however, experience intense competition in each product area from a number of manufacturers
and we anticipate that competition will increase. Our major competitors in one or more of our markets include EMCORE Corporation, Finisar Corporation
who  was  acquired  by  II-VI  Incorporated,  Foxconn  Interconnect  Technology  Ltd.,  InnoLight  Technology  (Suzhou)  Ltd.,  Intel  Corporation,  Lumentum
Holdings, Inc., Mitsubishi, Molex, LLC, Source Photonics, Inc. and Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd.

Many of our competitors are larger than we are and have significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources.

In  addition,  several  of  our  competitors  have  large  market  capitalizations  or  cash  reserves  and  are  much  better  positioned  to  acquire  other
companies  to  gain  new  technologies  or  products  that  may  displace  our  products.  Network  equipment  providers,  who  are  our  customers,  and  network
service providers, who are supplied by our customers, may decide to manufacture the optical subsystems incorporated into their network systems in-house.
We also encounter potential customers that, because of existing relationships, are committed to the products offered by these competitors.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our target markets include the following:

‑

‑ 

‑

‑ 

‑ 

‑ 

‑ 

use of internally manufactured components;

product breadth and functionality;

timing and pace of new product development;

breadth of customer base;

technological expertise;

reliability of products;

product pricing; and

‑  manufacturing efficiency.

We  believe  that  we  compete  favorably  with  respect  to  the  above  factors  based  on  our  MBE  and  MOCVD  processes,  our  vertically  integrated

model, the performance and reliability of our product offerings, and our technical expertise in light engine design and manufacture.

11

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
Table of Contents

Seasonality

See  Part  II,  Item  7,  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations—Seasonality,”  regarding

seasonality of certain of the Company’s products.

Human Capital

Employees

As  of  December  31,  2021,  we  employed  2,534  full-time  employees,  of  which  36  held  Ph.D.  degrees  in  a  science  or  engineering  field.  Of  our

employees, 367 are located in the U.S., 514 are located in Taiwan and 1653 are located in China. 

As of December 31, 2021, none of our employees are represented by any collective bargaining agreement, but certain employees of our China
subsidiary are members of a trade union. We have never suffered any work stoppage as a result of an employment related strike or any employee related
dispute and believe that we have satisfactory relations with our employees.

Employee Engagement, Development and Career Planning  

Our  business  results  depend  in  part  on  our  ability  to  successfully  manage  our  human  capital  resources,  including  attracting,  identifying,  and
retaining key talent. Factors that may affect our ability to attract and retain qualified employees include employee morale, our reputation, competition from
other employers, and availability of qualified individuals.  We believe our commitment to our human capital resources is an important component of our
mission to deliver superior products to our customers. We provide all employees with the opportunity to share their opinions in open dialogues with our
human  resources  department  and  senior  management.  In  the  past,  we  have  conducted  confidential  surveys  of  select  workforce  members  to  measure
engagement.  The  results  are  discussed  with  senior  leadership  and  managers.  We  provide  all  employees  a  wide  range  of  professional  development
experiences, both formal and informal. We offer our highest level employees/executives/VPs leadership development programs as part of our talent and
succession planning process. Also, we have development programs for managers and supervisors and learning opportunities for all employees. We provide
access to learning platforms so employees can access resources to support their career aspirations and advance their skills.

Employee Safety

The safety of our employees is a paramount value for us. We provide mandatory safety trainings in our production facilities, which are designed to
focus  on  empowering  our  employees  with  the  knowledge  and  tools  they  need  to  make  safe  choices  and  to  mitigate  risks.  Supervisors  complete  safety
management courses as well. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented significant changes that we determined were in the best interest of
our employees and which comply with government orders in all the states and countries where we operate. In an effort to keep our employees safe and to
maintain operations during the COVID-19 pandemic, we have implemented a number of new health-related measures including, the requirement to wear
company  provided  face-masks  at  all  times  while  on  company  property,  implemented  temperature  taking  protocols,  increased  hygiene,  cleaning  and
sanitizing  procedures  at  all  Company  sites,    implemented  social-distancing,  implemented  restrictions  on  visitors  to  our  facilities,  limiting  in-person
meetings and other gatherings.  

Compensation, Benefits and Wellness 

We  offer  fair,  competitive  compensation  and  benefits  that  support  our  employees’  overall  wellness.  Further,  the  health  and  wellness  of  our
employees  are  critical  to  our  success.  We  provide  our  employees  with  access  to  a  variety  of  innovative,  flexible  and  convenient  health  and  wellness
programs.  Such  programs  are  designed  to  support  employees'  physical  and  mental  health  by  providing  tools  and  resources  to  help  them  improve  or
maintain their health status and encourage engagement in healthy behaviors. We offer financial education and financial wellness tools and resources to help
employees reach their personal financial goals. Additionally, we provide robust compensation and benefits through internal and external benchmarking.

Governmental Regulations  

Our  research  and  development  and  manufacturing  operations  and  our  products  are  subject  to  a  variety  of  federal,  state,  local  and  foreign
environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing discharges of pollutants to air and water, the use, storage, handling and
disposal  of  hazardous  materials  and  solid  wastes,  employee  health  and  safety,  and  the  hazardous  material  content  in  our  products.  To  date,  costs  and
accruals incurred to comply with these governmental regulations have not been material to our capital expenditures, results of operations, and competitive
position. Our environmental management systems in our facilities in Sugar Land, Texas, Ningbo, China and Taipei, Taiwan are all certified to meet the
requirements of ISO14001:2015. However, there can be no assurance that violations of applicable laws at any of our facilities will not occur in the future as
a result of human error, accident, equipment failure or other causes. We use, store and dispose of hazardous materials and solid wastes in our manufacturing
operations  and  hazardous  materials  are  present  in  our  products.  We  incur  costs  to  comply  with  environmental,  health  and  safety  requirements,  and  any
failure to comply, or the identification of contamination for which we are found liable, could cause us to incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs,
natural resource damages, monetary fines, or administrative, civil or criminal penalties, and subject us to property damage and personal injury claims, and
result  in  injunctive  relief  including  the  suspension  of  production,  alteration  or  upgrades  of  our  manufacturing  processes,  redesign  of  our  products,  or
curtailment of sales, and could result in adverse publicity. Liability under environmental, health and safety laws can be joint and several and without regard
to  fault  or  negligence.  For  example,  pursuant  to  environmental  laws  and  regulations,  including  but  not  limited  to  the  Comprehensive  Environmental
Response Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, we may be liable for the full amount of any remediation-related costs at properties we currently
own or operate or formerly owned, such as our currently owned Sugar Land, Texas facility, or at properties at which we previously operated, as well as at
properties we will own or operate in the future, and properties to which we have sent hazardous substances, whether or not we caused the contamination.

12

  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents

Environment

We are committed to maintaining compliance with all environmental laws applicable to our operations, products, and services and to reducing our
environmental impact across our business. Our operations and many of our products are subject to various federal, state, local, and foreign regulations that
have been adopted with respect to the environment, such as the Directive on the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and
Electronic Equipment; Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals; and Substances of Concern In Products, regulations adopted
by the European Union, or EU.

Over and above our commitment to compliance with all environmental laws, we have further committed ourselves to the following environment

goals:

● Obtain at least 20% of the energy used in our operations from renewable sources
● Properly recycle waste materials including paper, electronic components, glass and batteries
● Reduce our generation of hazardous waste by at least 10% over the five year period beginning in 2021

In order to meet these goals, we maintain an Integrated Environmental and Safety Management System.

We expect that our operations and products will be affected by new environmental requirements on an ongoing basis. Environmental, health and
safety requirements have become more stringent over time, and changes to existing requirements could restrict our ability to expand our facilities, require
us to acquire costly pollution control equipment, require us to obtain additional permits for our activities, or cause us to incur other significant expenses or
to modify our manufacturing processes or the hazardous material content of our products. Identification of presently unidentified environmental conditions,
more vigorous enforcement by a governmental authority, enactment of more stringent legal requirements or other unanticipated events could give rise to
adverse publicity, restrict our operations, affect the design or marketability of our products or otherwise cause us to incur material environmental costs or
delays in planned activities.

We face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and upcoming requirements relating to the
materials  composition  of  our  products.  Some  jurisdictions  in  which  our  products  are  sold  have  enacted  requirements  regarding  the  hazardous  material
content of certain products. For example, member states of the European Union and China are among a growing number of jurisdictions that have placed
restrictions on the use of lead, among other chemicals, in electronic products, which affect the composition and packaging of our products. The passage of
such requirements in additional jurisdictions, or the tightening of standards or elimination of certain exemptions in jurisdictions where our products are
already subject to such requirements, could cause us to incur significant expenditures to make our products compliant with new requirements, or could
limit the markets into which we may sell our products. Other governmental regulations may require us to reengineer our products to use components that
are more environmentally compatible, resulting in additional costs to us.

Export Controls

The Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) of the U.S. Department of Commerce is responsible for regulating the export of most commercial items
that  are  classified  as  dual-use  goods  that  may  have  both  commercial  and  military  applications.  Our  products  are  classified  under  Export  Control
Classification Numbers, or ECCNs, 5A991 and 6A995. Export Control Classification requirements are dependent upon an item’s technical characteristics,
the destination, the end-use, and the end-user, and other activities of the end-user. Should the ECCN change, then the export of our products to certain
countries would be restricted. However, we currently do not export our products to any countries on the restricted list, and therefore a change in the ECCN
would not materially impact our business.

Additional  information  concerning  regulatory  compliance  and  a  discussion  of  the  risks  associated  with  governmental  regulations  that  may

materially impact us is described more fully under the heading “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.

Sources of Raw Materials

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for certain raw materials, components, and equipment used in our products. We continually review
our supplier relationships to mitigate risks and lower costs, especially where we depend on one or two suppliers for critical components or raw materials.
While maintaining inventories that we believe are sufficient to meet our near-term needs, we strive not to carry significant inventories of raw materials.
Accordingly,  we  maintain  ongoing  communications  with  our  suppliers  in  order  to  prevent  any  interruptions  in  supply,  and  have  implemented  a  supply-
chain management program to maintain quality and lower purchase prices through standardized purchasing efficiencies and design requirements. To date,
we generally have been able to obtain sufficient quantities of critical supplies in a timely manner.

We are subject to rules promulgated by the SEC pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act regarding the use
of "conflict minerals". These rules have imposed and will continue to impose additional costs and may introduce new risks related to our ability to verify
the origin of any "conflict minerals" used in our products.

Corporate Information 

We were incorporated in the State of Texas in 1997. In March 2013, Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., a Texas corporation, converted into a Delaware
corporation. Prime World International Holdings, Ltd. (“Prime World”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company incorporated in the British Virgin
Islands  on  January  13,  2006.  Prime  World  is  the  parent  company  of  Global  Technology,  Inc.  (“Global”).  Global  was  established  in  June  2002  in  the
People’s  Republic  of  China  (“PRC”)  and  was  acquired  by  Prime  World  on  March  30,  2006.  Prime  World  also  operates  a  division  in  Taiwan,  which  is
qualified to do business in Taiwan and primarily manufactures transceivers and performs research and development activities.

Our principal executive offices are located at 13139 Jess Pirtle Blvd., Sugar Land, TX 77478, and our telephone number is (281) 295-1800. Our

website address is www.ao-inc.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.

Available Information

We file electronically with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
Act of 1934, as amended. We make available on our website at www.ao-inc.com free of charge, copies of these reports as soon as reasonably practicable
after filing these reports with, or furnishing them to, the SEC.

13

 
Table of Contents

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information
contained in our Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. If any of the following risks actually occur, we may be
unable  to  conduct  our  business  as  currently  planned  and  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be  seriously  harmed.  In  addition,  the
trading price of our common stock could decline due to the occurrence of any of these risks and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic 

Epidemic  diseases,  such  as  COVID-19,  or  the  perception  of  their  effects,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,
results of operation, or cash flows.

Outbreaks of epidemic, pandemic, or contagious diseases, such as the recent COVID-19 or, historically, the Ebola virus, Middle East Respiratory
Syndrome, Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or the H1N1 virus, could divert medical resources and priorities towards the treatment of that disease.
Business  disruptions  could  include  disruptions  or  restrictions  on  our  ability  to  travel  or  to  distribute  our  products,  as  well  as  temporary  closures  of  our
facilities  or  the  facilities  of  our  suppliers  and  their  contract  manufacturers.  Any  disruption  of  our  suppliers  and  their  contract  manufacturers  or  our
customers  would  likely  impact  our  sales  and  operating  results.  In  addition,  a  significant  outbreak  of  epidemic,  pandemic,  or  contagious  diseases  in  the
human population could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets of many countries, resulting in
an  economic  downturn  that  could  affect  demand  for  our  products.  Any  of  these  events  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial
condition, results of operations, or cash flows.  

The extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business is highly uncertain and difficult to predict as coronavirus continues to spread
around the world. In March 2020, we instituted travel restrictions and implemented sanitation and disinfection procedures to safeguard the health and safety
of  our  employees  which  continue  today.  Recently,  we  began  allowing  certain  employee  travel,  but  continue  strict  sanitation  procedures  in  our
facilities.  With increased vaccinations and the potential reduction of infections, we implemented procedures for a safe return to the office environment for
all of our employees. However, even with these precautions, it is not possible to eliminate the risk of a widespread outbreak amongour employees and if
such an outbreak were to occur, it would likely have a negative impact on our business, results of operations, and our financial condition. 

The spread of COVID-19 has also impacted our supply chain operations through restrictions, reduced capacity and shutdown of business activities
by  suppliers  whom  we  rely  on  for  sourcing  components  and  materials  and  third-party  partners  whom  we  rely  on  for  manufacturing,  warehousing  and
logistics  services.  Currently,  the  suppliers  who  are  responsible  for  most  of  our  supply-chain  constraints  have  begun  the  process  of  returning  to  normal
operations  and  have  expressed  optimism  that  their  deliveries  in  2022  will  return  to  normal.  In  order  to  minimize  the  impact  of  these  and  any  similar
disruptions, we have added additional suppliers for many key components, where it is practical to do so.  We believe that these additional suppliers will be
able to augment our supply of needed components, although in some cases these new suppliers' materials are more expensive than the pre-existing suppliers
so  a  switch  to  these  alternate  suppliers  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  gross  margins  and  profitability.  However,  this  is  uncertain  and  we  also  cannot
predict  if  other  suppliers  could  encounter  similar  difficulties.  Any  disruption  resulting  from  similar  events  on  a  larger  scale  or  over  a  prolonged  period
could  cause  significant  delays  in  supply  of  needed  components.    It  would  likely  have  a  negative  impact  on  our  business,  results  of  operations,  and  our
financial condition. 

Although  demand  for  many  of  our  products  has  been  strong  in  the  short-term  as  subscribers  seek  more  bandwidth,  customers’  purchasing
decisions  over  the  long-term  may  be  impacted  by  the  pandemic  and  its  impact  on  the  economy,  which  could  in  turn  impact  our  revenue  and  results  of
operations.  The  extent  to  which  the  COVID-19  pandemic  may  materially  impact  our  financial  condition,  liquidity  or  results  of  operations  is  therefore
uncertain.

Risks Related to Operating Our Business 

We are dependent on our key customers for a significant portion of our revenue and the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, any of our
key customers would adversely impact our revenue and results of operations.

We  generate  much  of  our  revenue  from  a  limited  number  of  customers.  For  each  year  ended  2021,  2020  and  2019,  our  top  ten  customers
represented 84.7%, 84.3%, and 88.1% of our revenue, respectively. In 2021, ATX represented 25.6% of our revenue, Microsoft represented 14.1% of our
revenue, and Cisco represented 11.9% of our revenue. As a result, the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from any of our key customers would
materially and adversely affect our revenue and results of operations. We typically do not have long-term contracts with our customers and instead rely on
recurring purchase orders. However, many of our current revenue expectations and forecasts reflect significant anticipated orders from a limited number of
key customers. If our key customers do not continue to purchase our existing products or fail to purchase additional products from us, our revenue would
decline and our results of operations would be adversely affected. 

Adverse events affecting our key customers could also negatively affect our ability to retain their business and obtain new purchase orders, which
could adversely affect our revenue and results of operations. For example, in recent years, there has been consolidation among various network equipment
manufacturers  and  this  trend  is  expected  to  continue.  We  are  unable  to  predict  the  impact  that  industry  consolidation  would  have  on  our  existing  or
potential customers. We may not be able to offset any potential decline in revenue arising from the consolidation of our existing customers with revenue
from new customers or additional revenue from the merged company.

Customer demand is difficult to forecast accurately and, as a result, we may be unable to match production with customer demand. 

We  make  planning  and  spending  decisions,  including  determining  the  levels  of  business  that  we  will  seek  and  accept,  production  schedules,
component  procurement  commitments,  personnel  needs  and  other  resource  requirements,  based  on  our  estimates  of  product  demand  and  customer
requirements.  Our  products  are  typically  purchased  pursuant  to  individual  purchase  orders.  While  our  customers  may  provide  us  with  their  demand
forecasts, they are typically not contractually committed to buy any quantity of products beyond firm purchase orders. Furthermore, many of our customers
may  increase,  decrease,  cancel  or  delay  purchase  orders  already  in  place  without  significant  penalty.  The  short-term  nature  of  commitments  by  our
customers and the possibility of unexpected changes in demand for their products reduce our ability to accurately estimate future customer requirements.
On occasion, customers may require rapid increases in production, which can strain our resources, cause our manufacturing to be negatively impacted by
materials shortages, necessitate more onerous procurement commitments and reduce our gross margin. We may not have sufficient capacity at any given
time to meet the volume demands of our customers, or one or more of our suppliers may not have sufficient capacity at any given time to meet our volume

 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
demands. If any of our major customers decrease, stop or delay purchasing our products for any reason, we will likely have excess manufacturing capacity
or inventory and our business and results of operations would be harmed.

14

 
Table of Contents

If our customers do not qualify our products for use on a timely basis, our results of operations may suffer.

Prior  to  the  sale  of  new  products,  our  customers  typically  require  us  to  “qualify”  our  products  for  use  in  their  applications.  At  the  successful
completion  of  this  qualification  process,  we  refer  to  the  resulting  sales  opportunity  as  a  “design  win.”  Additionally,  new  customers  often  audit  our
manufacturing facilities and perform other evaluations during this qualification process. The qualification process involves product sampling and reliability
testing  and  collaboration  with  our  product  management  and  engineering  teams  in  the  design  and  manufacturing  stages.  If  we  are  unable  to  accurately
predict the amount of time required to qualify our products with customers, or are unable to qualify our products with certain customers at all, then our
ability to generate revenue could be delayed or our revenue would be lower than expected and we may not be able to recover the costs associated with the
qualification process or with our product development efforts, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

In addition, due to rapid technological changes in our markets, a customer may cancel or modify a design project before we have qualified our
product or begun volume manufacturing of a qualified product. It is unlikely that we would be able to recover the expenses for cancelled or unutilized
custom  design  projects.  Some  of  these  unrecoverable  expenses  for  cancelled  or  unutilized  custom  design  projects  may  be  significant.  It  is  difficult  to
predict with any certainty whether our customers will delay or terminate product qualification or the frequency with which customers will cancel or modify
their projects, but any such delay, cancellation or modification would have a negative effect on our results of operations.

Our  ability  to  successfully  qualify  and  scale  capacity  for  new  technologies  and  products  is  important  to  our  ability  to  grow  our  business  and
market presence, and we may invest a significant amount to scale our capacity to meet potential demand from customers for our new technologies and
products. If we are unable to qualify and sell any of our new products in volume, on time, or at all, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

We  must  continually  develop  successful  new  products  and  enhance  existing  products,  and  if  we  fail  to  do  so  or  if  our  release  of  new  or  enhanced
products is delayed, our business may be harmed.

The markets for our products are characterized by frequent new product introductions, changes in customer requirements and evolving industry
standards, all with an underlying pressure to reduce cost and meet stringent reliability and qualification requirements. Our future performance will depend
on our successful development, introduction and market acceptance of new and enhanced products that address these challenges. If we are unable to make
our  new  or  enhanced  products  commercially  available  on  a  timely  basis,  we  may  lose  existing  and  potential  customers  and  our  financial  results  would
suffer.

In  addition,  due  to  the  costs  and  length  of  research,  development  and  manufacturing  process  cycles,  we  may  not  recognize  revenue  from  new
products until long after such expenditures, if at all, and our margins may decrease if our costs are higher than expected, adversely affecting our financial
condition and results of operations.

Although the length of our product development cycle varies widely by product and customer, it may take 18 months or longer before we receive

our first order. As a result, we may incur significant expenses long before customers accept and purchase our products.

Product development delays may result from numerous factors, including:

‑  modification of product specifications and customer requirements;

‑ 

‑ 

‑ 

unanticipated engineering complexities;

difficulties in reallocating engineering resources and overcoming resource limitations; and

rapidly changing technology or competitive product requirements.

The introduction of new products by us or our competitors and other changes in our customer’s demands could result in a slowdown in demand for
our existing products and could result in a write-down in the value of our inventory. We have in the past experienced periodic fluctuations in demand for
existing products and delays in new product development, and such fluctuations will likely occur in the future. To the extent we fail to qualify our products
and obtain their approval for use, which we refer to as a design win, or experience product development delays for any reason, our competitive position
would be adversely affected and our ability to grow our revenue would be impaired.

Furthermore, our ability to enter a market with new products in a timely manner can be critical to our success because it is difficult to displace an
existing supplier for a particular type of product once a customer has chosen a supplier, even if a later-to-market product provides better performance or
cost efficiency.

The  development  of  new,  technologically  advanced  products  is  a  complex  and  uncertain  process  requiring  frequent  innovation,  highly-skilled
engineering and development personnel and significant capital, as well as the accurate anticipation of technological and market trends. We cannot assure
you  that  we  will  be  able  to  identify,  develop,  manufacture,  market  or  support  new  or  enhanced  products  successfully  or  on  a  timely  basis.  Further,  we
cannot assure you that our new products will gain market acceptance or that we will be able to respond effectively to product introductions by competitors,
technological  changes  or  emerging  industry  standards.  We  also  may  not  be  able  to  develop  the  underlying  core  technologies  necessary  to  create  new
products and enhancements, license these technologies from third parties, or remain competitive in our markets.

15

 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents

Our revenues, growth rates and operating results are likely to fluctuate significantly as a result of factors that are outside our control, which could
adversely impact our operating results.

Our revenues, growth rates and operating results are likely to fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of factors that are outside our control.
We may not achieve similar revenues, growth rates or operating results in future periods. Our revenues, growth rates and operating results for any prior
quarterly  or  annual  period  should  not  be  relied  upon  as  any  indication  of  our  future  revenues,  growth  rates  or  operating  results.  The  timing  of  order
placement, size of orders and satisfaction of contractual customer acceptance criteria, changes in the pricing of our products due to competitive pressures as
well as order or shipment delays or deferrals, with respect to our products, may cause material fluctuations in revenues. Our lengthy sales cycle, which may
extend to more than one year, may cause our revenues and operating results to vary from period to period and it may be difficult to predict the timing and
amount of any variation. Delays or deferrals in purchasing decisions by our customers may increase as we develop new or enhanced products for existing
and  new  markets,  including  automotive  and  biotechnology  markets.  Our  current  and  anticipated  future  dependence  on  a  small  number  of  customers
increases  the  revenue  impact  of  each  such  customer’s  decision  to  delay  or  defer  purchases  from  us,  or  decision  not  to  purchase  products  from  us.  Our
expense levels in the future will be based, in large part, on our expectations regarding future revenue sources and, as a result, operating results for any
quarterly period in which anticipated material orders fail to occur, or are delayed or deferred, could be significantly harmed.

If we encounter manufacturing problems, we may lose sales and damage our customer relationships.  

We may experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in our manufacturing operations. These and other factors may cause less than
acceptable yields at our facility. Manufacturing yields depend on a number of factors, including the quality of available raw materials, the degradation or
change in equipment calibration and the rate and timing of the introduction of new products. Changes in manufacturing processes required as a result of
changes in product specifications, changing customer needs and the introduction of new product lines may significantly reduce our manufacturing yields,
resulting in low or negative margins on those products. In addition, we use our MBE, fabrication process to make our lasers, in addition to MOCVD, the
technique  most  commonly  used  in  optical  manufacturing  by  communications  optics  vendors,  and  our  MBE  fabrication  process  relies  on  custom-
manufactured  equipment.  If  our  MBE  or  MOCVD  fabrication  facility  in  Sugar  Land,  Texas  were  to  be  damaged  or  destroyed  for  any  reason,  our
manufacturing process would be severely disrupted. Any such manufacturing problems would likely delay product shipments to our customers. We may
also experience delays in production, typically in February, during the Lunar New Year holiday when our facilities in China and Taiwan are closed.

Given the high fixed costs associated with our vertically integrated business, a reduction in demand for our products will likely adversely impact our
gross profits and our results of operations.

We have a high fixed cost base due to our vertically integrated business model, including the fact that 2,178 of our employees as of December 31,
2021 were employed in manufacturing and research and development operations. We may not be able to adjust these fixed costs quickly to adapt to rapidly
changing  market  conditions.  Our  gross  profit  and  gross  margin  are  greatly  affected  by  our  sales  volume  and  volatility  on  a  quarterly  basis  and  the
corresponding absorption of fixed manufacturing overhead expenses. In addition, because we are a vertically integrated manufacturer, insufficient demand
for our products may subject us to the risk of high inventory carrying costs and increased inventory obsolescence. Given our vertical integration, the rate at
which  we  turn  inventory  has  historically  been  low  when  compared  to  our  cost  of  sales.  We  do  not  expect  this  to  change  significantly  in  the  future  and
believe  that  we  will  have  to  maintain  a  relatively  high  level  of  inventory  compared  to  our  cost  of  sales.  As  a  result,  we  continue  to  expect  to  have  a
significant amount of working capital invested in inventory. We may be required to write down inventory costs in the future and our high inventory costs
may have an adverse effect on our gross profits and our results of operations.

Increasing costs and shifts in product mix may adversely impact our gross margins. 

Our gross margins on individual products and among products fluctuate over each product’s life cycle. Our overall gross margins have fluctuated
from period to period as a result of shifts in product mix, the introduction of new products, decreases in average selling prices and our ability to reduce
product costs, and these fluctuations are expected to continue in the future. We may not be able to accurately predict our product mix from period to period,
and as a result we may not be able to forecast accurately our overall gross margins. The rate of increase in our costs and expenses may exceed the rate of
increase in our revenue, either of which would materially and adversely affect our business, our results of operations and our financial condition.

16

 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
Table of Contents

Our financial results may vary significantly from quarter-to-quarter due to a number of factors, which may lead to volatility in our stock price. 

Our  quarterly  revenue  and  operating  results  have  varied  in  the  past  and  will  likely  continue  to  vary  significantly  from  quarter-to-quarter.  This
variability may lead to volatility in our stock price as research analysts and investors respond to these quarterly fluctuations. These fluctuations are due to
numerous factors, including:

‑

‑

‑

‑ 

‑ 

‑ 

‑ 

‑

‑ 

‑ 

‑ 

‑ 

‑ 

‑

the timing, size and mix of sales of our products;

fluctuations in demand for our products, including the increase, decrease, rescheduling or cancellation of significant customer orders;

our ability to design, manufacture and deliver products which meet customer requirements in a timely and cost-effective manner;

the gain or loss of key customers;

changes in our pricing and sales policies or the pricing and sales policies of our competitors;

seasonality of certain of our products and manufacturing capabilities;

quality control or yield problems in our manufacturing operations;

supply disruption for certain raw materials and components used in our products;

capacity constraints of our outside contract manufacturers for a portion of the manufacturing process for some of our products;

length and variability of the sales cycles of our products;

unanticipated increases in costs or expenses;

the loss of key employees;

different capital expenditure and budget cycles for our customers, affecting the timing of their spending for our products;

political stability in the areas of the world in which we operate;

‑  changes in or limitations imposed by trade protection laws or other regulatory orders or requirements in the United States or in other countries,
including tariffs, sanctions, or other costs, restrictions, or requirements which may affect our ability to import or export our products to or from
various countries; and

‑

trade-related government actions that impose barriers or restrictions that would impact our ability to sell or ship products to Huawei or other
customers.

The  foregoing  factors  are  difficult  to  forecast,  and  these,  as  well  as  other  factors,  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  quarterly  and  annual
operating results. In addition, a significant amount of our operating expenses are relatively fixed in nature due to our internal manufacturing, research and
development, sales and general administrative efforts. Any failure to adjust spending quickly enough to compensate for a revenue shortfall could magnify
the adverse impact of such revenue shortfall on our results of operations. For these reasons, you should not rely on quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our
results of operations as an indicator of future performance. Moreover, our operating results may not meet our announced guidance or the expectations of
research analysts or investors, in which case the price of our common stock could decrease significantly. There can be no assurance that we will be able to
successfully address these risks.  

17

 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We depend on key personnel to develop and maintain our technology and manage our business in a rapidly changing market.

The continued services of our executive officers and other key engineering, sales, marketing, manufacturing and support personnel is essential to
our success. For example, our ability to achieve new design wins depends upon the experience and expertise of our engineers. Any of our key employees,
including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President and North America General Manager and Senior Vice President and
Asia General Manager, may resign at any time. We do not have key person life insurance policies covering any of our employees.

To implement our business plan, we also intend to hire additional employees in expanding areas of our business. Our ability to continue to attract
and retain highly skilled employees is a critical factor in our success. Competition for highly skilled personnel is intense. We may not be successful in
attracting, assimilating or retaining qualified personnel to satisfy our current or future needs. Our ability to develop, manufacture and sell our products, and
thus our financial condition and results of operations, would be adversely affected if we are unable to retain existing personnel or hire additional qualified
personnel.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers and any supply interruption could have an adverse effect on our business. 

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for certain raw materials and components used in our products. Some of these suppliers could disrupt
our  business  if  they  stop,  decrease  or  delay  shipments  or  if  the  materials  or  components  they  ship  have  quality  or  reliability  issues.  Some  of  the  raw
materials and components we use in our products are available only from a sole source or have been qualified only from a single supplier. Furthermore,
other than our current suppliers, there are a limited number of entities from whom we could obtain certain materials and components. We may also face
shortages if we experience increased demand for materials or components beyond what our qualified suppliers can deliver. Our inability to obtain sufficient
quantities of critical materials or components could adversely affect our ability to meet demand for our products, adversely affecting our financial condition
and results of operations. Also see the section above on the COVID-19 pandemic for details related to global supply chain disruptions. 

We  typically  have  not  entered  into  long-term  agreements  with  our  suppliers  and,  therefore,  our  suppliers  could  stop  supplying  materials  and
components to us at any time or fail to supply adequate quantities of materials or components to us on a timely basis. It is difficult, costly, time consuming
and,  on  short  notice,  sometimes  impossible  for  us  to  identify  and  qualify  new  suppliers.  Our  customers  generally  restrict  our  ability  to  change  the
components in our products. For more critical components, any changes may require repeating the entire qualification process. Our reliance on a limited
number  of  suppliers  or  a  single  qualified  vendor  may  result  in  delivery  and  quality  problems,  and  reduced  control  over  product  pricing,  reliability  and
performance.

Our products could contain defects that may cause us to incur significant costs or result in a loss of customers. 

Our  products  are  complex  and  undergo  quality  testing  as  well  as  formal  qualification  by  our  customers.  Our  customers’  testing  procedures  are
limited  to  evaluating  our  products  under  likely  and  foreseeable  failure  scenarios  and  over  varying  amounts  of  time.  For  various  reasons,  such  as  the
occurrence  of  performance  problems  that  are  unforeseeable  in  testing  or  that  are  detected  only  when  products  age  or  are  operated  under  peak  stress
conditions, our products may fail to perform as expected long after customer acceptance. Failures could result from faulty components or design, problems
in  manufacturing  or  other  unforeseen  reasons.  Any  such  failures  could  delay  product  shipments  to  our  customers  or  result  in  a  loss  of  customers.  Our
products are typically embedded in, or deployed in conjunction with, our customers’ products, which incorporate a variety of components, modules and
subsystems and may be expected to interoperate with modules produced by third parties. As a result, not all defects are immediately detectable and when
problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. We face this risk because our products are widely deployed in many demanding
environments  and  applications  worldwide.  In  addition,  we  may  in  certain  circumstances  honor  warranty  claims  after  the  warranty  has  expired  or  for
problems not covered by warranty to maintain customer relationships. Any significant product failure could result in litigation, damages, repair costs and
lost  future  sales  of  the  affected  product  and  other  products,  divert  the  attention  of  our  engineering  personnel  from  our  product  development  efforts  and
cause significant customer relations problems, all of which would harm our business. Although we carry product liability insurance, this insurance may not
adequately cover our costs arising from defects in our products or otherwise.

18

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents

Our ability to use our net operating losses and certain other tax attributes may be limited.  

As of December 31, 2021 , we had U.S. accumulated net operating losses, or NOLs, of approximately $104.8 million, federal and state research
and development credits (“R&D credits”) of $9.9 million, business interest expense of $13.5 million and foreign tax credits of $4.6 million for U.S. federal
income tax purposes. Our ability to use our net operating losses, or NOLs, to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations which could
subject our business to higher tax liability. We may be limited in the portion of NOL carryforwards that we can use in the future to offset taxable income for
U.S. federal and state income tax purposes, and federal tax credits to offset federal tax liabilities. Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, limit the use of NOLs and tax credits after a cumulative change in corporate ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year
period. The statutes place a formula limit on how much NOLs and tax credits a corporation can use in a tax year after a change in ownership. Avoiding an
ownership change is generally beyond our control. Although the ownership changes we experienced in the past and in the year ended December 31, 2021
would not have prevented us from using all NOLs and tax credits accumulated before such ownership changes, assuming we were otherwise able to do so,
we could experience another ownership change that might limit our use of NOLs and tax credits in the future. Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or
Tax Act, NOLs from tax years that began after December 31, 2017 do not expire, but NOLs from tax years that began before January 1, 2018 expire after
20 years. Further, under the Tax Act, although the treatment of tax losses generated in taxable years ending before December 31, 2017 has generally not
changed, tax losses generated in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 may offset no more than 80% of taxable income annually. Accordingly,
if we generate NOLs after the tax year ended December 31, 2017, we might have to pay more federal income taxes in a subsequent year as a result of the
80% taxable income limitation than we would have had to pay under the law in effect before the Tax Act.  Also, any foreign NOLs (for example NOLs in
our China and Taiwan jurisdictions) are subject to different NOL expirations, generally shorter than in the US.

Future acquisitions may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

As  part  of  our  business  strategy,  we  may  pursue  acquisitions  of  companies  that  we  believe  could  enhance  or  complement  our  current  product
portfolio, augment our technology roadmap or diversify our revenue base. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business,
including:

‑

‑

‑

‑

‑

‑

difficulties integrating the acquired business;

unanticipated costs, capital expenditures or liabilities or changes related to research in progress and product development;

diversion of financial and management resources from our existing business;

difficulties  integrating  the  business  relationships  with  suppliers  and  customers  of  the  acquired  business  with  our  existing  business
relationships;

risks associated with entering markets in which we have little or no prior experience; and

potential loss of key employees, particularly those of the acquired organizations.

Acquisitions  may  also  result  in  the  recording  of  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  subject  to  potential  impairment  in  the  future,  adversely
affecting our operating results. We may not achieve the anticipated benefits of an acquisition if we fail to evaluate it properly, and we may incur costs in
excess  of  what  we  anticipate.  A  failure  to  evaluate  and  execute  an  acquisition  appropriately  or  otherwise  adequately  address  these  risks  may  adversely
affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Future divestitures may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We  frequently  evaluate  our  portfolio  of  products  and  may  consider  divestitures  or  exits  of  businesses  that  we  no  longer  believe  to  be  an
appropriate strategic fit. Divestitures may adversely impact our results if we are unable to offset the dilutive impacts from the loss of revenue associated
with the divested products or businesses, or mitigate overhead costs allocated to those businesses. Furthermore, the divestitures could adversely affect
our  ongoing  business  operations,  including  by  enhancing  our  competitors'  positions  or  reducing  customer  confidence  in  our  ongoing  brand  and
products.  The inability to effectively and efficiently manage divestitures with the results we expect or in the timeframe we anticipate could adversely
affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our future results of operations may be subject to volatility as a result of exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

We  have  significant  foreign  currency  exposure  and  are  affected  by  fluctuations  among  the  U.S.  dollar,  the  Chinese
Renminbi, or RMB, and the New Taiwan dollar, or NT dollar, because a substantial portion of our business is conducted in China
and Taiwan. Our sales, raw materials, components and capital expenditures are denominated in U.S. dollars, RMB and NT dollars
in varying amounts.

Foreign currency fluctuations may adversely affect our revenue and our costs and expenses, and hence our results of operations. The value of the
NT dollar or the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and be affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic
conditions. The RMB currency is no longer being pegged solely to the value of the U.S. dollar. In the long term, the RMB may appreciate or depreciate
significantly in value against the U.S. dollar, depending upon the fluctuation of the basket of currencies against which it is currently valued, or it may be
permitted to enter into a full float, which may also result in a significant appreciation or depreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar. In addition, our
currency exchange variations may be magnified by Chinese exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into foreign currency.

To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may
decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedging transactions may be limited and we may not be
able to successfully hedge our exposure.

19

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Natural disasters or other catastrophic events could harm our operations. 

Our operations in the U.S., China and Taiwan could be subject to significant risk of natural disasters, including earthquakes, hurricanes, typhoons,
flooding and tornadoes, as well as other catastrophic events, such as epidemics, terrorist attacks or wars. For example, our corporate headquarters and wafer
fabrication  facility  in  Sugar  Land,  Texas  is  located  near  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  an  area  that  is  susceptible  to  hurricanes.  We  use  a  proprietary  MBE  laser
manufacturing process that requires customized equipment, and this process is currently conducted and located solely at our wafer fabrication facility in
Sugar Land, Texas, such that a natural disaster, terrorist attack or other catastrophic event that affects that facility would materially harm our operations. In
addition, our manufacturing facility in Taipei, Taiwan, is susceptible to typhoons and earthquakes, and our manufacturing facility in Ningbo, China, has
from  time  to  time,  suffered  electrical  outages.  Any  disruption  in  our  manufacturing  facilities  arising  from  these  and  other  natural  disasters  or  other
catastrophic events could cause significant delays in the production or shipment of our products until we are able to shift production to different facilities or
arrange for third parties to manufacture our products. We may not be able to obtain alternate capacity on favorable terms or at all. Our property insurance
coverage with respect to natural disaster is limited and is subject to deductible and coverage limits. Such coverage may not be adequate or continue to be
available at commercially reasonable rates and terms. The occurrence of any of these circumstances may adversely affect our financial condition and results
of operation.

Legal and Regulatory Risks

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets. 

We are subject to export and import control laws, trade regulations and other trade requirements that limit which products we sell and where and to
whom we sell our products. Specifically, the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce is responsible for regulating the export
of most commercial items that are so called dual-use goods that may have both commercial and military applications. Our products are primarily classified
under  Export  Control  Classification  Numbers,  or  ECCNs  5A991  EAR99.  Export  Control  Classification  requirements  are  dependent  upon  an  item’s
technical  characteristics,  and  dictate  the  destination,  end-use,  end-user,  and  other  activities  of  the  end-user.  Should  the  regulations  applicable  to  our
products change, or the restrictions applicable to countries to which we ship our products change, then the export of our products to such countries could be
restricted. As a result, our ability to export or sell our products to certain countries could be restricted, which could adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, due to the recent administration change in the U.S., and the appointment of a new United States Trade Representative, new policy
priorities may lead to additional or new import risks affecting the flow of our products into the U.S. Changes in our products or any change in export or
import  regulations  or  related  legislation,  shift  in  approach  to  the  enforcement  or  scope  of  existing  regulations,  or  change  in  the  countries,  persons  or
technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in delayed or decreased sales of our products to existing or potential customers. In such event, our
business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our business could be negatively impacted as a result of shareholder activism.

In recent years, shareholder activists have become involved in numerous public companies. Shareholder activists frequently propose to involve
themselves in the governance, strategic direction, and operations of the Company. We may in the future become subject to such shareholder activity and
demands. Such demands may disrupt our business and divert the attention of our management and employees, and any perceived uncertainties as to our
future direction resulting from such a situation could result in the loss of potential business opportunities, be exploited by our competitors, cause concern to
our current or potential customers, and make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel and business partners, all of which could adversely
affect our business. In addition, actions of activist shareholders may cause significant fluctuations in our stock price based on temporary or speculative
market perceptions or other factors that do not necessarily reflect the underlying fundamentals and prospects of our business.

The unfavorable outcome of any pending or future litigation or administrative action and expenses incurred in connection with litigation could result
in financial losses or harm to our business.

We have been, and in the future may be, subject to legal actions in the ordinary course of our operations, both domestically and internationally.
There can be no assurances as to the favorable outcome of any litigation. In addition it can be costly to defend litigation and these costs could negatively
impact  our  financial  results.  As  further  described  in  that  section,  subsequent  derivative  actions  and  securities  class  actions  have  since  been  filed.    This
litigation and any other such litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could
seriously harm our business.

20

 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness and Future Financing 

Our  indebtedness  and  liabilities  could  limit  the  cash  flow  available  for  our  operations,  expose  us  to  risks  that  could  adversely  affect  our  business,
financial condition and results of operations and impair our ability to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness.

As of December 31, 2021 , we had approximately $141.6 million of consolidated indebtedness. We may also incur additional indebtedness to meet
future financing needs. Our indebtedness could have significant negative consequences for our security holders and our business, results of operations and
financial condition by, among other things:

-

-

-

-

-

-

increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions;

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing;

requiring the dedication of a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our indebtedness, which will reduce the amount of
cash available for other purposes;

limiting our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our business;

diluting the interests of our existing stockholders as a result of issuing shares of our common stock upon conversion of the Notes; and

placing us at a possible competitive disadvantage with competitors that are less leveraged than us or have better access to capital.

Our business may not generate sufficient funds, and we may otherwise be unable to maintain sufficient cash reserves, to pay amounts due under
our indebtedness, including the Notes, and our cash needs may increase in the future. In addition, our existing Credit Facility with Truist Bank, contains,
and any future indebtedness that we may incur may contain, financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to operate our business, raise
capital or make payments under our other indebtedness. If we fail to comply with these covenants or to make payments under our indebtedness when due,
then we would be in default under that indebtedness, which could, in turn, result in that and our other indebtedness becoming immediately payable in full.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Our loan agreements contain restrictive covenants that may adversely affect our ability to conduct our business. 

We  have  lending  arrangements  with  several  financial  institutions,  including  loan  agreements  with  Truist  Bank  in  the  U.S.,  equipment  finance
agreements with Chailease Finance Co., Ltd. in Taiwan and credit facilities with China Merchants Bank Co. Ltd., Shanghai Pudong Development Bank
Co., Ltd and China Zheshang Bank Co., Ltd. in China. Our loan agreements governing our long-term debt obligations in the U.S. and Asia contain certain
financial  and  operating  covenants  that  limit  our  management’s  discretion  with  respect  to  certain  business  matters.  Among  other  things,  these  covenants
require us to maintain certain financial ratios and restrict our ability to incur additional debt, create liens or other encumbrances, change the nature of our
business, sell or otherwise dispose of assets and merge or consolidate with other entities. In addition, the Indenture governing the Notes contains covenants
that limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue disqualified stock; and
(ii) create or incur liens.

These restrictions may limit our flexibility in responding to business opportunities, competitive developments and adverse economic or industry
conditions. Any failure by us or our subsidiaries to comply with these agreements could harm our business, financial condition and operating results. In
addition,  our  obligations  under  our  loan  agreements  with  Truist  Bank  are  secured  by  our  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  intellectual  property,  and  all
business assets except real estate and equipment. Our credit facilities with Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd. and China Zheshang Bank Co.,
Ltd. are secured by real estate. A breach of any of covenants under our loan agreements, or a failure to pay interest or indebtedness when due under any of
our credit facilities could result in a variety of adverse consequences, including the acceleration of our indebtedness.

We may not be able to obtain additional capital when desired, on favorable terms or at all.

We  operate  in  a  market  that  makes  our  prospects  difficult  to  evaluate  and,  to  remain  competitive,  we  will  be  required  to  make  continued
investments  in  capital  equipment,  facilities  and  technological  improvements.  We  expect  that  substantial  capital  will  be  required  to  expand  our
manufacturing capacity and fund working capital for anticipated growth. If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or otherwise have the
capital resources to meet our future capital needs, we may need additional financing to implement our business strategy, which includes:

‑ 

‑

‑ 

‑ 

expansion of research and development;

expansion of manufacturing capabilities;

hiring of additional technical, sales and other personnel; and

acquisitions of complementary businesses.

If we raise additional funds through the issuance of our common stock or convertible securities, the ownership interests of our stockholders could
be  significantly  diluted.  These  newly  issued  securities  may  have  rights,  preferences  or  privileges  senior  to  those  of  existing  stockholders.  Additional
financing may not, however, be available on terms favorable to us, or at all, if and when needed, and our ability to fund our operations, take advantage of
unanticipated opportunities, develop or enhance our infrastructure or respond to competitive pressures could be significantly limited. If we cannot raise
required capital when needed, including under our Registration Statement filed with the SEC in October 2019, effective January 2020, we may be unable to
meet the demands of existing and prospective customers, adversely affecting our sales and market opportunities and consequently our business, financial
condition and results of operations.

22

 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
Table of Contents

Risks Related to Data Breaches and Network Infrastructures

Data breaches and cyberattacks could compromise our operations, our customers’ operations, or the operations of our contract manufacturers upon
whom we rely, and cause significant damage to our business and reputation.

Cyberattacks have become more prevalent and much harder to detect and defend against. Companies, including companies in our industry, have
been increasingly subject to a wide variety of security incidents, cyberattacks and other attempts to gain unauthorized access to their systems or to deny
access and disrupt their systems and operations. These threats can come from a variety of sources, ranging in sophistication from an individual hacker to a
state-sponsored attack. Cyber threats may be generic, or they may be custom-crafted against our information systems.

In the ordinary course of our business, we and our data center customers maintain sensitive data on our respective networks, including intellectual
property,  employee  personal  information  and  proprietary  or  confidential  business  information  relating  to  our  business  and  that  of  our  customers  and
business partners. The secure maintenance of this information is critical to our business and reputation. Despite our implementation of network security
measures, our network and storage applications have been subject to computer viruses, ransomware and other forms of cyber terrorism.

Also,  despite  our  implementation  of  security  measures,  we  are  not  able  to  guarantee  that  we  can  prevent  unauthorized  access  by  hackers  or
breaches  due  to  operator  error,  malfeasance  or  other  system  disruptions.  Our  customers’  network  and  storage  applications  may  be  subject  to  similar
disruptions.  It  is  often  difficult  to  anticipate  or  immediately  detect  such  incidents  and  the  damage  caused  by  such  incidents.  Data  breaches  and  any
unauthorized access or disclosure of our information, employee information or intellectual property could compromise our business, trade secrets and other
sensitive business information, any of which could result in legal action against us, exposure of our intellectual property to our competitors, damages, fines
and other adverse effects. A data security breach could also lead to public exposure of personal information of our employees, customers and others. Any
such theft, loss or misuse of personal data collected, used, stored or transferred by us to run our business could result in significantly increased   security
costs or costs related to defending legal claims. Cyberattacks, such as computer viruses or other forms of cyber terrorism, have disrupted access to some
of our network or storage applications. In past incidents we have been able to recover quickly without material financial impact, however such disruptions
in the future may result in delays or cancellations of customer orders or delays or additional costs to produce and ship our products. Data security breaches
involving our data center customers could affect their financial condition and ability to continue to purchase our products. Further, cyberattacks may cause
us to incur significant remediation costs, result in product development delays, disrupt key business operations and divert attention of management and key
information  technology  resources.  These  incidents  could  also  subject  us  to  liability,  expose  us  to  significant  expense  and  cause  significant  harm  to  our
reputation and business.

We may be subject to disruptions or failures in information technology systems and network infrastructures that could have a material adverse effect on
our business and financial condition.

We  rely  on  the  efficient  and  uninterrupted  operation  of  complex  information  technology  systems  and  network  infrastructures  to  operate  our
business.  A  disruption,  infiltration  or  failure  of  our  information  technology  systems  as  a  result  of  software  or  hardware  malfunctions,  system
implementations  or  upgrades,  computer  viruses,  third-party  security  breaches,  employee  error,  theft  or  misuse,  malfeasance,  power  disruptions,  natural
disasters or accidents could cause a breach of data security, loss of intellectual property and critical data and the release and misappropriation of sensitive
competitive information and partner, customer, and employee personal data. Any of these events could harm our competitive position, result in a loss of
customer  confidence,  cause  us  to  incur  significant  costs  to  remedy  any  damages  and  ultimately  materially  adversely  affect  our  business  and  financial
condition.

Risks Related to International Trade and Operations

Changes  in  U.S.  and  international  trade  policies,  particularly  regarding  China,  may  materially  and  adversely  impact  our  business  and  operating
results.

The U.S. government has made statements and taken certain actions that have led and may lead to further changes to U.S. and international trade
policies, including imposing additional tariffs on certain products manufactured in China. Since the beginning of 2018, there has been increasing rhetoric,
in some cases coupled with legislative, administrative, or executive action, from several U.S. and foreign leaders regarding the possibility of instituting
tariffs on the foreign imports of certain materials. Five rounds of U.S. tariffs on imports from China (respectively the “U.S. Tariffs on China Imports”) went
into effect on July 2018, August 2018, September 2018, September 2019, and February 2020. A limited number of our products that are of Chinese origin
are currently subject to the U.S. Tariffs on China Imports.

Despite an administration change in the U.S., and the appointment of a new United States Trade Representative, it is unknown whether and to
what  extent  new  tariffs  (or  other  new  laws  or  regulations)  will  be  adopted,  or  the  effect  that  any  such  actions  would  have  on  us  or  our  industry.  A
significant portion of our manufacturing operations are based in Ningbo, China; therefore, there could be material adverse effects on our business, financial
condition, and/or cash flow if any new tariffs, legislation and/or regulations are implemented, or if existing trade agreements are renegotiated or if China or
other affected countries take further retaliatory trade actions.

Furthermore, the implementation of trade tariffs both globally and between the U.S. and China specifically carries the risk of negatively impacting
China’s overall economic condition, which could have negative repercussions on our business. Bilateral tariffs could cause a decrease in the sales of our
products to customers located in China or other customers selling to Chinese end users, further impacting our business.

Significant changes to existing international trade agreements could also lead to sourcing or logistics disruption resulting from import delays or the
imposition  of  increased  tariffs  on  our  sourcing  partners.    For  example,  the  Chinese  government  could,  among  other  things,  require  the  use  of  local
suppliers,  compel  companies  that  do  business  in  China  to  partner  with  local  companies,  and  otherwise  provide  government  incentives  or  subsidies  to
government-backed local customers to buy from local suppliers. Changes in, and responses to, U.S. trade policy could reduce the competitiveness of our
products and thus cause our sales and revenues to drop, which could materially and adversely impact our business and results of operations.

23

 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents

We face a variety of risks associated with our international sales and operations. 

We currently derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenue from sales to international customers. In 2021, 2020 and
2019,  25.5%,  25.4%,  and  18.8%  of  our  revenue  was  derived  from  sales  that  occurred  outside  of  North  America,  respectively.  In  addition,  a  significant
portion of our manufacturing operations is based in Ningbo, China and Taipei, Taiwan.

Trade-related government actions, by the U.S., China or other countries that impose barriers or restrictions that would impact our ability to sell or
ship products to customers or potential customers may have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We cannot predict the
actions government entities may take in this context and may be unable to quickly offset or effectively react to government actions that restrict our ability
to sell to certain customers or in certain jurisdictions. Government actions that affect our customers' ability to sell products or access critical elements of
their supply chains may result in a decreased demand for their products, which may consequently reduce their demand for our products.

Our international revenue and operations are subject to a number of material risks, including:  

-

‑

‑

‑

‑

‑

‑

‑

‑

‑

‑

difficulties in staffing, managing and supporting operations in more than one country;

difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through foreign legal systems;

fewer legal protections for intellectual property in foreign jurisdictions;

foreign  and  U.S.  taxation  issues  and  international  trade  barriers,  including  the  adoption  or  expansion  of  governmental  trade  tariffs,  export
controls, and fluctuating changes to end use and user rules;

difficulties in obtaining any necessary governmental authorizations for the export of our products to certain foreign jurisdictions;

fluctuations in foreign economies;

fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies and interest rates;

trade and travel restrictions;

domestic  and  international  economic  or  political  changes,  hostilities  and  other  disruptions  in  regions  where  we  currently  operate  or  may
operate in the future;

difficulties  and  increased  expenses  in  complying  with  a  variety  of  U.S.  and  foreign  laws,  regulations,  and  trade  standards,  including  the
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and various modifications by the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce to
export policy; and

different and changing legal and regulatory requirements in the jurisdictions in which we currently operate or may operate in the future.

Negative developments in any of these factors in China or Taiwan or other countries could result in a reduction in demand for our products, the
cancellation  or  delay  of  orders  already  placed,  difficulties  in  producing  and  delivering  our  products,  threats  to  our  intellectual  property,  difficulty  in
collecting receivables, and a higher cost of doing business. Although we maintain certain compliance programs throughout the Company, violations of U.S.
and foreign laws and regulations may result in criminal or civil sanctions, including material monetary fines, penalties and other costs against us or our
employees, and may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business operations conducted in China and Taiwan are important to our success. A substantial portion of our property, plant and equipment is
located in China and Taiwan. We expect to make further investments in China and Taiwan in the future. Therefore, our business, financial condition, results
of operations and prospects are subject to economic, political, legal, and social events and developments in China and Taiwan. Factors affecting military,
political or economic conditions in China and Taiwan could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, as well as
the market price and the liquidity of our common shares.

24

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
Table of Contents

Risks Related to Intellectual Property Matters 

If we fail to protect, or incur significant costs in defending, our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our business and results of operations
could be materially harmed.

Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark,
copyright, trade secret and unfair competition laws, as well as license agreements and other contractual provisions, to establish and protect our intellectual
property and other proprietary rights. We have applied for patents in the U.S. and in other foreign countries, some of which have been issued. In addition,
we  have  registered  certain  trademarks  in  the  U.S.  We  cannot  guarantee  that  our  pending  applications  will  be  approved  by  the  applicable  governmental
authorities. Moreover, our existing and future patents and trademarks may not be sufficiently broad to protect our proprietary rights or may be held invalid
or unenforceable in court. A failure to obtain patents or trademark registrations or a successful challenge to our patents and trademark registrations in the
U.S.  or  other  foreign  countries  may  limit  our  ability  to  protect  the  intellectual  property  rights  that  these  patent  and  trademark  registrations  intended  to
cover.

Policing unauthorized use of our technology is difficult and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent the misappropriation,
unauthorized use or other infringement of our intellectual property rights. Further, we may not be able to effectively protect our intellectual property rights
from misappropriation or other infringement in foreign countries where we have not applied for patent protections and where effective patent, trademark,
trade secret and other intellectual property laws may be unavailable, or may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as U.S. law. We may seek to secure
comparable intellectual property protections in other countries. However, the level of protection afforded by patent and other laws in other countries may
not be comparable to that afforded in the U.S.

We also attempt to protect our intellectual property, including our trade secrets and know-how, through the use of trade secret and other intellectual
property  laws,  and  contractual  provisions.  We  enter  into  confidentiality  and  invention  assignment  agreements  with  our  employees  and  independent
consultants. We also use non-disclosure agreements with other third parties who may have access to our proprietary technologies and information. Such
measures,  however,  provide  only  limited  protection,  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  our  confidentiality  and  non-disclosure  agreements  will  not  be
breached, especially after our employees end their employment, and that our trade secrets will not otherwise become known by competitors or that we will
have adequate remedies in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of proprietary information. Unauthorized third parties may try to copy or reverse
engineer our products or portions of our products, otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property, or may independently develop similar or equivalent
trade secrets or know-how. If we fail to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, or if such intellectual property and proprietary rights
are infringed, misappropriated or duplicated, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially harmed.

In the future, we may need to take legal actions to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property or from
otherwise gaining access to our technology. Protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights and determining their validity and scope could result in
significant  litigation  costs  and  require  significant  time  and  attention  from  our  technical  and  management  personnel,  which  could  significantly  harm  our
business.  We  may  not  prevail  in  such  proceedings,  and  an  adverse  outcome  may  adversely  impact  our  competitive  advantage  or  otherwise  harm  our
financial condition and our business.

We may be involved in intellectual property disputes in the future, which could divert management’s attention, cause us to incur significant costs and
prevent us from selling or using the challenged technology.

Participants  in  the  markets  in  which  we  sell  our  products  have  experienced  frequent  litigation  regarding  patent  and  other  intellectual  property
rights. While we have a policy in place that is designed to reduce the risk of infringement of intellectual property rights of others and we have conducted a
limited review of other companies’ relevant patents, there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against us. We cannot be
certain that our products would not be found infringing on the intellectual property rights of others. Regardless of their merit, responding to such claims can
be time consuming, divert management’s attention and resources and may cause us to incur significant expenses. Intellectual property claims against us
could force us to do one or more of the following:

‑

‑

‑

‑

obtain from a third party claiming infringement a license to the relevant technology, which may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all;

stop manufacturing, selling, incorporating or using our products that use the challenged intellectual property;

pay substantial monetary damages; or

expend significant resources to redesign the products that use the technology and to develop non-infringing technology.

Any of these actions could result in a substantial reduction in our revenue and could result in losses over an extended period of time.

In any potential intellectual property dispute, our customers could also become the target of litigation. Because we often indemnify our customers
for  intellectual  property  claims  made  against  them  with  respect  to  our  products,  any  claims  against  our  customers  could  trigger  indemnification  claims
against us. These obligations could result in substantial expenses such as legal expenses, damages for past infringement or royalties for future use. Any
indemnity claim could also adversely affect our relationships with our customers and result in substantial costs to us.

25

 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Operations in China

Our business operations conducted in China are critical to our success. A total of $97.7 million, $85.2 million, and $83.3 million or 46.2%, 36.3%,
and  43.6%,  of  our  revenue  in  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020  and  2019  was  attributable  to  our  product  manufactured  at  our  plant  in  China,
respectively. Additionally, a substantial portion of our property, plant and equipment, 42.2% 40.6%, and 37.1% as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019,
was located in China, respectively. We expect to make further investments in China in the foreseeable future. Therefore, our business, financial condition,
results of operations and prospects are to a significant degree subject to economic, political, legal, and social events and developments in China. 

Adverse  changes  in  economic  and  political  policies  in  China,  or  Chinese  laws  or  regulations  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  business
conditions and the overall economic growth of China, which could adversely affect our business.

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement,
level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. The Chinese economy has been transitioning from a planned
economy to a more market-oriented economy. Despite reforms, the government continues to exercise significant control over China’s economic growth by
way of the allocation of resources, control over foreign currency-denominated obligations and monetary policy and provision of preferential treatment to
particular industries or companies.

In  addition,  the  laws,  regulations  and  legal  requirements  in  China,  including  the  laws  that  apply  to  foreign-invested  enterprises,  or  FIEs,  are
subject to frequent changes. The interpretation and enforcement of such laws is uncertain. Protections of intellectual property rights and confidentiality in
China may not be as effective as in the U.S. or other countries or regions with more developed legal systems. Any litigation in China may be protracted and
result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. Any adverse changes to these laws, regulations and legal requirements or
their interpretation or enforcement could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Furthermore, while China’s economy has experienced rapid growth in the past 20 years, growth has been uneven across different regions, among
various economic sectors and over time. China has also in the past and may in the future experience economic downturns due to, for example, government
austerity  measures,  changes  in  government  policies  relating  to  capital  spending,  limitations  placed  on  the  ability  of  commercial  banks  to  make  loans,
reduced levels of exports and international trade, inflation, lack of financial liquidity, stock market volatility and global economic conditions. Any of these
developments could contribute to a decline in business and consumer spending in addition to other adverse market conditions, which could adversely affect
our business.

The  turnover  of  direct  labor  in  manufacturing  industries  in  China  is  high,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  production,  shipments  and  results  of
operations.

Employee  turnover  of  direct  labor  in  the  manufacturing  sector  in  China  is  extremely  high  and  retention  of  such  personnel  is  a  challenge  to
companies located in or with operations in China. Although direct labor costs do not represent a high proportion of our overall manufacturing costs, direct
labor is required for the manufacture of our products. If our direct labor turnover rates are higher than we expect, or we otherwise fail to adequately manage
our direct labor turnover rates, then our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Chinese regulation of loans to and direct investment by offshore holding companies in China entities may delay or prevent us from making loans or
additional capital contributions to our China subsidiary.

Any loans that we wish to make to our China subsidiary are subject to Chinese regulations and approvals. For example, any loans to our China
subsidiary to finance their activities cannot exceed statutory limits, must be registered with State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its local
counterpart,  and  must  be  approved  by  the  relevant  government  authorities.  Any  capital  contributions  to  our  China  subsidiary  must  be  approved  by  the
Ministry  of  Commerce  or  its  local  counterpart.  In  addition,  under  Circular  142,  our  China  subsidiary,  as  a  FIE,  may  not  be  able  to  convert  our  capital
contributions to them into RMB for equity investments or acquisitions in China.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to our
future  loans  or  capital  contributions  to  our  China  subsidiary.  If  we  fail  to  receive  such  registrations  or  approvals,  our  ability  to  capitalize  our  China
subsidiary may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and ability to fund and expand our business.

Our China subsidiary is subject to Chinese labor laws and regulations, and Chinese labor laws may increase our operating costs in China.

Chinese  labor  laws  and  regulations  provide  certain  protections  for  our  employees  located  in  China,  and  changes  to  those  labor  laws  and
regulations  may  increase  our  costs  and  reduce  our  flexibility.  The  China  Labor  Contract  Law,  which  went  into  effect  in  2008,  together  with  its
implementing rules, provides increased rights to Chinese employees compared to prior employment laws in China. Under the rules under the China Labor
Contract Law, the probation period varies depending on contract terms and the employment contract can only be terminated during the probation period for
cause upon three days’ notice. Additionally, an employer may not be able to terminate a contract during the probation period on the grounds of a material
change of circumstances or a mass layoff. The law also has specific provisions on conditions when an employer has to sign an employment contract with
open-ended  terms.  If  an  employer  fails  to  enter  into  an  open-ended  contract  in  certain  circumstances,  the  employer  must  pay  the  employee  twice  their
monthly  wage  beginning  from  the  time  the  employer  should  have  executed  an  open-ended  contract.  Additionally,  an  employer  must  pay  severance  for
nearly all terminations, including when an employer decides not to renew a fixed-term contract. Any further changes to these laws may increase our costs
and reduce our flexibility.

26

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Common Stock 

Our stock price has been and is likely to be volatile. 

The market price of our common stock has been and is likely to be subject to wide fluctuations in response to, among other things, the risk factors
described in this section of this Form 10-K, and other factors beyond our control, such as fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors
to  be  comparable  to  us.  For  example,  announcements  made  by  competitors  regarding  factors  influencing  their  business  may  cause  fluctuations  in  the
valuation of companies throughout our industry, including fluctuations in the valuation of our stock.

Furthermore,  the  stock  markets  have  experienced  price  and  volume  fluctuations  that  have  affected  and  continue  to  affect  the  market  prices  of
equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies.
These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions, such as recessions, interest rate changes or
international currency fluctuations, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

In  the  past,  many  companies  that  have  experienced  volatility  in  the  market  price  of  their  stock  have  been  subject  to  securities  class  action

litigation. We have been and may become the target of this type of litigation in the future.

Our charter documents, stock incentive plans and Delaware law could prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also reduce
the market price of our stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws and our stock incentive plans contain provisions that
could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take
other corporate actions. These provisions include:

‑

‑

‑

‑

‑

‑

‑

providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;

not providing for cumulative voting in the election of directors;

authorizing our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock rights senior to those of common stock;

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent;

limiting the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders;

requiring advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals; and

change of control provisions in our stock incentive plans, and the individual stock option agreements, which provide that a change of control
may accelerate the vesting of the stock options and equity awards issued under such plans.

In  addition,  we  are  governed  by  the  provisions  of  Section  203  of  the  Delaware  General  Corporate  Law.  These  provisions  may  prohibit  large
stockholders,  in  particular  those  owning  15%  or  more  of  our  outstanding  common  stock,  from  engaging  in  certain  business  combinations  without  the
approval of substantially all of our stockholders for a certain period of time.

These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and under Delaware law
could discourage potential takeover attempts, reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future and result
in the market price being lower than it would be without these provisions.

Our  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  includes  a  forum  selection  clause,  which  could  limit  our  stockholders'  ability  to  obtain  a

favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

           Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative
forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of
the  Company,  (ii)  any  action  asserting  a  claim  of  breach  of  a  fiduciary  duty  owed  by  any  director,  officer  or  other  employee  of  the  Company  to  the
Company or the Company's stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or
the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company governed by the
internal affairs doctrine. This exclusive forum provision will not apply to claims under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 but will apply to other state and
federal law claims including actions arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance
with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder). Section 22 of the Securities Act of 1933, however, creates concurrent jurisdiction
for  federal  and  state  courts  over  all  suits  brought  to  enforce  any  duty  or  liability  created  by  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  or  the  rules  and  regulations
thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a forum selection provision as written in connection with claims
arising  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933.  This  forum  selection  provision  in  our  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  may  limit  our
stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. It is also possible that a court could rule that such a provision is inapplicable
or unenforceable.    

27

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.

Properties

We  maintain  manufacturing,  research  and  development,  sales  and  administrative  offices  in  the  U.S.,  China  and  Taiwan.  Our  corporate

headquarters is located at our facility in Sugar Land, Texas. The table below provides information regarding our facilities.

Location
Sugar Land, Texas
Ningbo, China
Taipei, Taiwan

Owned or Lease
Expiration Date
Owned (1)
Owned (2)
May 31, 2029 (3)

Approximate
Square Footage

Use

139,450  Administration, sales, manufacturing, research and development
458,849  Administration, sales, manufacturing, research and development
268,797  Administration, sales, manufacturing, research and development

 (1) We manufacture laser chips (utilizing our MBE and MOCVD process), subassemblies and components in our Sugar Land, Texas facility. 

(2)

In  our  China  facility,  we  manufacture  certain  more  labor  intensive  components  and  optical  equipment  systems,  such  as  optical  subassemblies  and
transceivers for the internet data center market, CATV transmitters (at the headend) and CATV outdoor equipment (at the node). Our China subsidiary
acquired the land use rights to the real property on which our current facility is located from the Chinese government. Such land use rights expire on
October  7,  2054.  Our  China  subsidiary  owns  the  facility  located  on  such  real  property.  Our  China  subsidiary  also  obtained  from  the  Chinese
government the land use rights to a second real property located within a close proximity to our current facility. The land use rights for the second real
property expire on December 28, 2067.

(3)

In our Taiwan location, we manufacture optical components, such as our butterfly lasers, which incorporate laser chips, subassemblies and components
manufactured  within  our  Sugar  Land  facility.  In  addition,  in  our  Taiwan  location,  we  manufacture  transceivers  for  the  internet  data  center  market,
telecom, FTTH and other markets. The lease covering the Taiwan facility commenced on June 1, 2014 and expires on May 31, 2029.

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

The information set forth under Note T "Contingencies" included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K, is incorporated herein by reference. For an

additional discussion of certain risks associated with legal proceedings, see "Risk Factors" above.

Item 4.

 Mine Safety Disclosure

Not Applicable.

28

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
Table of Contents

PART II 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On September 26, 2013, our common stock began to trade on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “AAOI”. Prior to that time, there
was  no  public  market  for  our  common  stock.  As  of  February  20,  2021  there  were  36  holders  of  record  of  our  common  stock  (not  including  beneficial
holders of our common stock holding in street name).

For equity compensation plan information refer to Item 12 of this Form 10-K.

Dividend Policy 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock
for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business. Any
future  determination  to  pay  cash  dividends  will  be  at  the  discretion  of  our  board  of  directors  and  will  depend  upon  our  financial  condition,  results  of
operations, terms of financing arrangements, applicable Delaware law, capital requirements and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant.
In addition, the terms of our loan agreements governing our long-term debt obligations restricts us from paying dividends.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities 

Not applicable.  

29

 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents

Item 6.

Reserved

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated
financial  statements  and  the  accompanying  notes  appearing  elsewhere  in  this  Form  10-K.  This  discussion  and  other  parts  of  this  Form  10-K  contain
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Our actual results
could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are
not  limited  to,  those  discussed  in  “Risk  Factors.”  This  section  generally  discusses  the  results  of  our  operations  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021 
compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. For a discussion of the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, 
please refer to Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Result of Operations" in our Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, as amended.

Overview 

We are a leading, vertically integrated provider of fiber-optic networking products. We target four networking end-markets: internet data centers,
CATV,  telecom  and  FTTH.  We  design  and  manufacture  a  range  of  optical  communications  products  at  varying  levels  of  integration,  from  components,
subassemblies and modules to complete turn-key equipment. In designing products for our customers, we begin with the fundamental building blocks of
lasers and laser components. From these foundational products, we design and manufacture a wide range of products to meet our customers’ needs and
specifications, and such products differ from each other by their end market, intended use and level of integration. We are primarily focused on the higher-
performance segments within the internet data center, CATV, telecom and FTTH markets which increasingly demand faster connectivity and innovation.
Our  vertically  integrated  manufacturing  model  provides  us  several  advantages,  including  rapid  product  development,  fast  response  times  to  customer
requests and control over product quality and manufacturing costs.

The four end markets we target are all driven by significant bandwidth demand fueled by the growth of network-connected devices, video traffic,
cloud  computing  and  online  social  networking.  Within  the  internet  data  center  market,  we  benefit  from  the  increasing  use  of  higher-capacity  optical
networking technology as a replacement for copper cables, particularly as speeds reach 10 Gbps and above, as well as the movement to open internet data
center architectures and the increasing use of in-house equipment design among leading internet companies. Within the CATV market, we benefit from a
number of ongoing trends including the move to higher bandwidth networks among CATV service providers and the outsourcing of system design among
CATV networking equipment companies. In the FTTH market, we benefit from continuing PON deployments and system upgrades among telecom service
providers.  In  the  telecom  market,  we  benefit  from  deployment  of  new  high-speed  fiber-optic  networks  by  telecom  network  operators,  including  5G
networks.

In 2021,  2020  and  2019,  our  revenue  was  $211.57  million,  $234.6  million,  and  $190.9  million  and  our  gross  margin  was  17.8%,  21.5%,  and
24.2%. We have grown our annual revenue at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 16.0% between 2011 and 2021. In the years ended December
31,  2021,  2020  and  2019,  we  had  net  loss  of  $53.7  million,  $58.5  million,  and  $66.0  million,  respectively.  At  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  our
accumulated deficit was $142.2 million and $88.5 million, respectively. In 2021, we earned 46.1% of our total revenue from the internet data center market,
and 44.6% of our total revenue from the CATV market.

We sell our products to leading OEMs in the CATV, telecom, and FTTH markets as well as internet data center operators. In 2021, revenue from
the internet data center market, CATV market, telecom market and FTTH markets provided 46.1%, 44.6%, 7.7%, and 0.5% of our revenue, respectively,
compared to73.9%, 16.2%, 9.0%, and 0.0% of our 2020 revenue, respectively. In 2021, our key customers in the data center market included, Microsoft, a
US based large datacenter operator and a US based NEM company. In 2021, 2020, and 2019, Microsoft accounted for 25.6%, 38.3%, and 32.2% of our
revenue, the US based large datacenter operator accounted for 8.3%. 8.0%, and 0.4% of our revenue, and the US based NEM company accounted for 7.2%,
7.9% and 1.6% of our revenue, respectively. In 2021, our key customers in the CATV market included ATX, Cisco, and CommScope. In 2021, 2020 and
2019, ATX accounted for 25.6%, 3.7% and 0% of our revenue, Cisco accounted for 11.9%, 7.5%, and 10.0% of our revenue, and CommScope accounted
for 3.3%, 2.1%, and 3.7% of our revenue, respectively. 

30

 
    
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents

In 2021, our revenue decrease of 9.8% over the prior-year was driven primarily by decreased demand for the datacenter products; this slowdown
was related to inventory normalization following the surge in demand that was driven by the shift to working from home in 2020. We believe datacenter
demand will improve in 2022. The decreased demand for datacenter products was  offset by increased demand for CATV products from several existing
customers. The increase in demand from CATV multiple-system operators ("MSOs") resulted in strong demand for our CATV products, especially those
products that are related to architecture improvements to enable delivery of additional bandwidth to consumers.  This increase in bandwidth demand is
particularly acute in the upstream direction, and sales of products associated with increased return-path bandwidth were notably strong in the fourth quarter.
Based on forecasts and current order bookings, we believe that this CATV demand will likely continue through 2022. 

We expect continued sales of our 40 Gbps and 100 Gbps products in 2022, and we expect that sales of 100 Gbps products will likely exceed sales
of  40  Gbps  products.  However,  quarter-to-quarter  results  may  show  considerable  variability  as  is  usual  in  a  period  of  technology  transition.    Similar  to
revenue, our gross margins can fluctuate materially depending on a variety of factors including average selling price changes, product mix, global supply
chain  situation,  raw  material  cost  reduction  or  increase,  manufacturing  utilization  rate  and  changes  in  manufacturing  efficiency.  Furthermore,  we  are
continuing to monitor and assess the effects of the coronavirus outbreak on our commercial and manufacturing operations, including any impact on our
revenue in 2022.

Our sales model focuses on direct engagement and close coordination with our customers to determine product design, qualifications, performance
and  price.  Our  strategy  is  to  use  our  direct  sales  force  to  sell  to  key  accounts  and  to  expand  our  use  of  distributors  for  increased  coverage  in  certain
international markets and certain domestic market segments. We have direct sales personnel that cover the U.S., Taiwan and China focusing primarily on
major OEM customers and internet data center operators. Throughout our sales cycle, we work closely with our customers to qualify our products into their
product lines. As a result, we strive to build strategic and long-lasting customer relationships and deliver products that are customized to our customers’
requirements.

Our business depends on winning competitive bid selection processes to develop components, systems and equipment for use in our customers’
products. These selection processes are typically lengthy, and as a result our sales cycles will vary based on the level of customization required, market
served,  whether  the  design  win  is  with  an  existing  or  new  customer  and  whether  our  solution  being  designed  in  our  customers’  product  is  our  first
generation or subsequent generation product. We do not have any long-term purchase commitments (in excess of one year) with any of our customers, most
of whom purchase our products on a purchase order basis, however, once one of our solutions is incorporated into a customer’s design, we believe that our
solution  is  likely  to  continue  to  be  purchased  for  that  design  throughout  that  product’s  life  cycle  because  of  the  time  and  expense  associated  with
redesigning the product or substituting an alternative solution.

In 2021, 2020 and 2019, we had 20, 30, and 31 design wins, respectively. We define a design win as the successful completion of the evaluation
stage, where our customer has tested our product, verified that our product meets substantially all of their requirements and has informed us that they intend
to purchase the product from us. Although we believe that our ability to obtain design wins is a key strength and can provide meaningful and recurring
revenue, an increase or decrease in the mere number of design wins does not necessarily correlate to a likely increase or decrease in revenue, particularly in
the  short  term.  As  such,  the  number  of  design  wins  we  achieve  on  a  quarterly  or  annual  basis  and  any  increase  or  decrease  in  design  wins  will  not
necessarily  result  in  a  corresponding  increase  or  decrease  in  revenue  in  the  same  or  immediately  succeeding  quarter  or  year.  For  example,  if  our  total
number of design wins in an annual or quarterly period increases or decreases compared to the total number of design wins in a prior period, this does not
necessarily mean that our revenue in such period will be higher or lower than our revenue in the prior period. In fact, our experience is that some design
wins result in significant revenue and some do not, and the timing of such revenue is difficult to predict as it depends on the success of the end customer’s
product that uses our components. Thus, some design wins result in orders and significant revenue shortly after the design win is awarded and other design
wins do not result in significant orders and revenue for several months or longer after the initial design win (if at all). We do believe that over a period of
years the collective impact of design wins correlates to our overall revenue growth.

COVID-19 Pandemic

We  are  subject  to  risks  and  uncertainties  as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  The  extent  of  the  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  on  our
business is highly uncertain and difficult to predict as COVID-19 continues to spread around the world. In March 2020, we instituted travel restrictions and
implemented sanitation and disinfection procedures to safeguard the health and safety of our employees which continue today. Recently, we began allowing
certain employee travel, but continue strict sanitation procedures in our facilities. With increased vaccinations and the potential reduction of infections, we
implemented procedures for a safe return to the office environment for all of our employees. However, even with these precautions, it is not possible to
eliminate the risk of a widespread outbreak among our employees and if such an outbreak were to occur, it would likely have a negative impact on our
business, results of operations and our financial condition.

The spread of COVID-19 may still impact our supply chain operations through restrictions, reduced capacity and shutdown of business activities
by  suppliers  whom  we  rely  on  for  sourcing  components  and  materials  and  third-party  partners  whom  we  rely  on  for  manufacturing,  warehousing  and
logistics  services.  The  extent  to  which  the  COVID-19  pandemic  may  materially  impact  our  financial  condition,  liquidity  or  results  of  operations  is
uncertain.

31

 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Factors Affecting Our Performance 

Increasing  Consumer  Demand  for  Bandwidth.  Bandwidth  demand  in  all  of  our  target  markets  is  driving  service  provider  investment  in  new
equipment  and  in  turn  generating  demand  for  our  products.  Increasingly,  optical  networking  technologies  are  being  incorporated  into  networking
equipment, replacing legacy copper-based networking technologies. This shift to optical networking solutions benefits us as a provider of those solutions.

Pricing,  Product  Cost  and  Margins.  Our  products  are  sold  in  a  highly  competitive  marketplace,  and  in  many  cases  our  products  are  only
minimally differentiated from those of our competitors.  In addition, our sales are heavily concentrated with a small number of end customers.  As a result,
there is strong pricing pressure across many of our product lines.  We have addressed this strong pressure in several ways:

‑

‑

‑

Lowering  our  material  costs.    In  some  cases,  we  are  able  to  negotiate  more  favorable  pricing  from  our  raw  material  suppliers.   Also,
where  feasible,  we  are  often  able  to  develop  internal  production  for  certain  materials  that  were  previously  purchased  from  other
companies.  This generally has resulted in lower material costs for us.

Enhancing  the  efficiency  of  our  production  process.    We  have  been  able  to  automate  many  of  our  production  processes,  which  often
results in lower labor costs and reduced scrap or rework rates, both of which lower our production cost.  In some cases, we have been
able to redesign our products to make them less complex to manufacture, and when possible during these redesigns we also incorporate
lower cost raw materials.

Introducing  new  products.    In  many  cases,  newly  released  products  have  more  features  and  often  higher  prices  compared  with  older
products.  By regularly introducing new products, we attempt to minimize the average price reduction we experience.  However, we often
initially experience lower gross margins on new products, as our pricing is based upon anticipated volume-driven cost reductions over the
life of the design win. Thus, if we are unable to realize our expected cost reductions, we may experience declining gross margins on such
products.

Our  product  pricing  is  established  when  the  product  is  initially  introduced  to  the  market,  and  thereafter  through  periodic  negotiations  with
customers. We generally do not agree to periodic automatic price reductions. Furthermore, due to the dynamics in the CATV market and the value of our
outsourced design services to our customers, we believe we face less downward price pressure than many of our competitors in this market. We sell a wide
variety of products among our four target markets and our gross margin is heavily dependent in any quarter on the product mix achieved during that period
as well as any price changes that we have agreed upon with our customers.

Customer Concentration within End Markets. Historically, our revenue has been significantly concentrated within the data center market, and for
2021 our revenue now tends to be split between data center market and CATV market. Moreover, within these markets, revenue tends to be concentrated
among a small number of customers. In the last couple years, we have taken several actions to increase the diversity of our customer base. These actions
include hiring additional sales staff to improve our ability to serve new customers and introduction of new products that we believe will appeal to new
customers. Furthermore, we have developed additional original design manufacturer, or ODM, relationships with customers in each of our target markets
which should enable us to diversify our revenue base. We had three and two customers that accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in 2021 and 2020,
respectively.

Product Development.  We  invest  heavily  to  develop  new  and  innovative  products.  The  majority  of  our  research  and  development  expense  is
allocated to product development, usually with a specific customer and customer platform in mind. We believe our close coordination with our customers
regarding their future product requirements enhances the efficiency of our research and development expenditures.

32

 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents

Discussion of Financial Performance 

Revenue 

We  generate  revenue  through  the  sale  of  our  products  to  equipment  providers  for  the  internet  data  center,  CATV,  telecom,  FTTH  and  other
markets. We derive a significant portion of our revenue from our top ten customers, and we anticipate that we will continue to do so for the foreseeable
future.  The  following  chart  provides  the  revenue  contribution  from  each  of  the  markets  we  serve  for  the  years  2021,  2020  and  2019,  as  well  as  the
corresponding percentage of our total revenue for each period (in thousands, except percentages):

Market
Data Center
CATV
Telecom
FTTH
Other
Total

Data Center
CATV
Telecom
FTTH
Other

Total Revenue

  $

  $

2021

Years ended December 31,
2020

2019

97,461    $
94,266     
16,247     
957     
2,634     
211,565    $

173,437    $
37,944     
21,092     
110     
2,040     
234,623    $

Percentage of Revenue

46.1%   
44.6%   
7.7%   
0.5%   
1.2%   
100%   

73.9%   
16.2%   
9.0%   
0.0%   
0.9%   
100%   

143,562 
37,328 
8,429 
190 
1,363 
190,872 

75.2%
19.6%
4.4%
0.1%
0.7%
100%

In 2021, 2020 and 2019, our top ten customers represented 84.7%, 84.3%, and 88.1% of our revenue, respectively.

Revenue is recognized when obligations under the terms of a contract with our customer are satisfied; generally this occurs with the transfer of
control of products or services. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring products or providing
services.  A  majority  of  our  annual  sales  are  denominated  in  U.S.  dollars,  but  some  sales  from  our  Taiwan  location  and  China-based  subsidiary  are
denominated in NT dollars and RMB, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2021, 46.2% of our total revenue was manufactured at our China-
based subsidiary, with $16.6 million denominated in RMB and 46.9% of our total revenue was from products manufactured at our Taiwan-based facility
with no revenue denominated in NT dollars. We expect a similar portion of our sales to be denominated in foreign currencies in 2022.

Cost of goods sold and gross margin 

Our cost of goods sold is impacted by variances arising from changes in yields and production volume, as well as increases or decreases in the cost
of raw materials used in production. We typically experience lower yields and higher associated costs on new products. For our mature products, we can
experience lower yields and higher production costs if customer requirements change or if we experience manufacturing difficulties or quality issues during
our production process. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, in general for our mature products our cost of goods sold for a particular product declines
over  time  as  a  result  of  increasing  efficiencies  in  the  manufacturing  processes,  or  supply  cost  declines,  as  well  as  yield  improvements  and  testing
enhancements.

We manufacture products in three of our four facilities located in the U.S., Taiwan and China. Generally, laser chips and optical components are
manufactured  in  our  Sugar  Land  facility,  optical  components  and  subassemblies  are  manufactured  in  our  Taiwan  facility,  and  optical  components,
subassemblies and optical equipment are manufactured in our China facility. Because of our vertical integration model, we generally utilize our own optical
component  products  in  our  semi-finished  and  finished  goods  that  we  sell  between  and  among  our  respective  manufacturing  operations.  We  base  those
internal sales upon established transfer pricing methodologies. However, we eliminate all of those internal sales, and cost of goods sold transactions, to
arrive at total revenue and cost of goods sold on a consolidated basis.

33

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents

We have a global set of suppliers to help balance considerations related to product availability, quality and cost. Components of our cost of goods

sold are denominated in U.S. or NT dollars or RMB, depending upon the manufacturing location.

Gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, or gross margin, has been and is expected to continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including
the introduction of new products, production volumes, the mix of products sold, the geographic region in which products are sold, changes in the cost and
volumes of materials purchased from our suppliers, changes in labor costs, changes in overhead costs, reserves for excess and obsolete inventories and
changes in the average selling prices of our products. Although our overall gross margins over the past three years have been between 17.8% and 24.2%,
our gross margins vary more broadly on a product-by-product basis. Our newer and more advanced products typically have higher average selling prices
and higher gross margins; however, until the product volumes scale, the gross margin from newer and advanced products may initially be lower. Within our
markets, we may sell similar products to different geographic regions at different prices, and therefore realize different gross margins among those similar
products. Our strategy is to improve our gross margins through vertical integration such as utilization of our own laser chips and optical sub-components in
our solutions. We expect that our gross margins are likely to continue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter because of the variety of products we sell and the
relative product mix within a quarter.

Operating expenses 

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses. Personnel costs are
the  most  significant  component  of  operating  expenses  and  include  salaries,  benefits,  bonuses  and  share-based  compensation.  With  regard  to  sales  and
marketing expense, personnel costs also include sales commissions.

Research and development.

Research and development, or R&D, expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including share-based compensation for R&D personnel, and
R&D  work  orders  (that  include  material,  direct  labor  and  allocated  overhead),  as  well  as  allocated  development  costs,  such  as  engineering  services,
software and hardware tools, depreciation of capital equipment and facility costs. We record all research and development expense as incurred. Customers
rely  upon  us  to  assist  them  with  the  development  of  new  products  and  modification  of  existing  products  because  of  our  extensive  optical  design  and
manufacturing  expertise.  We  work  closely  with  our  customers  in  the  critical  design  phase  of  product  development  and  are  occasionally  reimbursed  for
some of these development efforts. We expect research and development expense to increase on a dollar basis, but will likely decrease as a percentage of
our revenue to the extent that revenue increases over time.

Sales and marketing.

Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including share-based compensation for our sales and marketing personnel, as
well as travel and trade show expense, shipping and tariff expense, sales commissions and the allocation of overall corporate services and facility costs. We
sell our products to customers who either incorporate our products into their offering or resell our products to end customers. Because we sell to a limited
number of well-established customers, we employ a limited number of sales professionals who are able to cover large markets. We compensate our sales
staff through base salary and commissions, with base salary being the largest component of overall compensation. Total sales commissions to employees
amounted to less than one percent of our revenue in 2021, 2020 and 2019. Additionally, we pay commissions to third parties on certain product lines and
identified customers, which also amounted to less than one percent of our revenue in 2021, 2020 and 2019. As such, our sales and marketing expense does
not  directly  increase  with  revenue.  In  the  future,  we  expect  sales  and  marketing  expense  to  increase  on  a  dollar  basis  as  we  incrementally  increase  our
overall sales activities, but expect our sales and marketing expense to decline as a percentage of revenue, to the extent our revenue increases over time.

General and administrative.

General and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including share-based compensation, primarily for our finance, human
resources,  legal  and  information  technology  personnel  and  certain  executive  officers,  as  well  as  professional  services  costs  related  to  accounting,  tax,
banking, legal and information technology services, depreciation of capital equipment and facility costs. We expect general and administrative expense to
increase as we continue to grow in both size and complexity as a public company. We expect rising costs including increased audit and legal fees, costs to
comply with rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national stock exchange, as well as investor relations expense and higher insurance
premiums. In the future, we expect general and administrative expense to increase on a dollar basis but to decline as a percentage of revenue, to the extent
that our revenue increases over time.

34

 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Other income (expense) 

Interest income consists of income earned on our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. Interest expense consists of amounts paid for

interest on our short-term and long-term debt borrowings, and convertible senior notes.

Other  income  (expense),  net  is  primarily  made  up  of  government  subsidized  income,  extinguishment  of  debt  and  foreign  currency  transaction
gains and losses. The functional currency of our China subsidiary is the RMB and the foreign currency transaction gains and losses of our China subsidiary
primarily result from their transactions in U.S. dollars. The functional currency of our Taiwan location is the NT dollar and the foreign currency transaction
gains and losses of our Taiwan location primarily result from their transactions in U.S. dollars.

Income taxes

We are a U.S. registered company and are subject to income taxes in the U.S. We also operate in a number of countries throughout the world,
including Taiwan and China. Consequently, our effective tax rate is impacted by the geographic distribution of our earnings or losses and the tax laws and
regulations in each geographical region. We expect that our income taxes will vary in relation to our profitability and the geographic distribution of our
profits. In 2021 our effective tax rate was (0.0%). In 2020 and 2019, our effective tax rate was (14.1%) and (28.5%), respectively. 

Our wholly owned subsidiary, Global Technology, Inc., has received preferential tax concessions in China as a national high-tech enterprise. In
March 2007, China’s parliament enacted the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT Law, under which, effective January 1, 2008, China adopted a
uniform income tax rate of 25% for all enterprises including foreign invested enterprises. Global was recognized as a national high-tech enterprise in 2008
and  was  entitled  to  a  15%  tax  rate  for  a  three  year  period.  Global  renewed  its  national  high-tech  enterprise  certificate  in  2011,  2014,  2017  and
2020, extending its three year tax preferential status through December 2023.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits related to U.S.

tax benefits recognized for which we do not meet the more likely than not threshold.

See additional information regarding income taxes in Note O, included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Seasonality 

We  are  uncertain  whether  the  demand  for  our  internet  data  center,  CATV,  telecom  and  FTTH  products  is  seasonal,  as  our  sales  data  does  not
indicate a significant trend with respect to these products. We began to manufacture a meaningful quantity of internet data center and CATV products in our
Ningbo, China factory in 2017 and 2020, respectively. This factory experiences a lengthy shut-down associated with the Lunar New Year holiday which
occurs  in  Q1  of  each  year.  In  addition  to  the  factory  shut-down,  it  is  also  common  for  employees  in  the  factory  to  fail  to  return  to  work  following
resumption of operations. In the years 2021, 2020, and 2019, the percentage of employees in our China factory who resigned or were terminated during Q1,
relative to the average number of employees during the quarter was 101%, 217%, and 122%, respectively.   We believe that the turnover in 2020 was higher
than usual due to the COVID-19 pandemic which caused travel restrictions, additional health check requirements, and a lengthy shutdown of operations in
Ningbo.  As a result of employee turnover, we must hire and train replacement employees. These replacement employees require a period of training and
improvement,  and  this  impacts  the  quantity  of  products  we  can  produce  in  the  quarter.  The  combined  effect  of  the  factory  shut-down  and  employee
turnover in the quarter may also contribute to negative seasonality in Q1.

35

 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents

Our  gross  margin  varies  quarter  to  quarter  and  varies  primarily  due  to  the  product  mix  in  a  particular  quarter,  as  well  as  from  the  level  of

manufacturing efficiencies, production yields (particularly in the laser chip fabrication process) and overall supply costs.

Results of Operations 

The following table set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our revenue for those periods. The period-

to-period comparison of our financial results is not necessarily indicative of our financial results to be achieved in future periods.

Revenue, net
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Operating expenses

Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative

Total operating expenses
Income (loss) from operations
Interest and other income (expense), net
Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax benefit (expense)
Net income (loss)

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

Revenue 

2021

Years ended December 31,
2020

2019

100.0%    
82.2%    
17.8%    

19.5%    
5.2%    
20.0%    
44.7%    
(26.8)%   
1.2%    
(25.6)%   
(0.0)%   
(25.6)%   

100.0%    
78.5%    
21.5%    

18.5%    
6.0%    
17.9%    
42.4%    
(20.8)%   
(1.0)%   
(21.8)%   
(3.1)%   
(24.9)%   

100.0%
75.8%
24.2%

22.7%
5.3%
21.7%
49.7%
(25.5)%
(1.4)%
(26.9)%
(7.7)%
(34.6)%

We generate revenue through the sale of our products to equipment providers and network operators for the internet data center, CATV, telecom,
FTTH and other markets. We derive a significant portion of our revenue from our top ten customers, and we anticipate that we will continue to do so for the
foreseeable future. The following charts provide the revenue contribution from each of the markets we served for the years ended December 31, 2021 and
2020 (in thousands, except percentages):

Years ended December 31,

Change

2021

% of
Revenue

  $

Data Center
CATV
Telecom
FTTH
Other

Total Revenue

  $

97,461     
94,266     
16,247     
957     
2,634     
211,565     

46.1%  $
44.6%   
7.7%   
0.5%   
1.2%   
100.0%  $

2020

173,437     
37,944     
21,092     
110     
2,040     
234,623     

% of
Revenue

Amount

%

73.9%  $
16.2%   
9.0%   
0.0%   
0.9%   
100.0%  $

(75,976)    
56,322     
(4,845)    
847     
594     
(23,058)    

(43.8)%
148.4%
(23.0)%
770.0%
29.1%
(9.8)%

The  decrease  in  revenue  for  the  year  was  driven  primarily  by  decreased  demand  for  the  datacenter  products;  this  slowdown  was  related  to
inventory normalization following the surge in demand that was driven by the shift to working from home in 2020. We believe datacenter demand will
improve  in  2022.  The  decreased  demand  for  datacenter  products  was   offset  by  increased  demand  for  CATV  products  from  several  existing  customers.
The increase in demand from CATV multiple-system operators ("MSOs") resulted in strong demand for our CATV products, especially those products that
are related to architecture improvements to enable delivery of additional bandwidth to consumers.  This increase in bandwidth demand is particularly acute
in the upstream direction, and sales of products associated with increased return-path bandwidth were notably strong in the quarter. Based on forecasts and
current order bookings, we believe that this CATV demand will likely continue through 2022. 

In the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, our top ten customers represented 84.7% and 84.3% of our revenue, respectively. We believe that
diversifying our customer base is critical for our future success, since reliance on a small number of key customers makes our ability to forecast future
results dependent upon the accuracy of the forecasts we receive from those key customers.

36

 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Cost of goods sold and gross margin 

Years ended December 31,

2021

2020

Change

Amount

% of
Revenue

Amount

% of
Revenue

Amount

%

(in thousands, except percentages)

Cost of goods sold
Gross margin

  $

173,850     
37,715     

82.17%  $
17.83%   

184,082     
50,541     

78.46%  $
21.54%   

(10,232)    

(5.6)%

Cost of goods sold decreased by $10.2 million, or 5.6%, from 2020 to 2021, primarily due to a 9.8% decrease in sales over the prior year. The
decrease in gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the same period ended December 31, 2020 was primarily the result of changes
in  the  mix  of  datacenter  and  CATV  products.  In  particular,  we  saw  an  increase  in  sales  of  certain  CATV  products  relative  to  sales  of  transceivers.  In
addition, we experienced higher costs of certain raw materials and global supply chain disruptions due to COVID-19 closures of ports and factories in Asia
(see the section above on the COVID-19 pandemic for more details of these challenges).

Operating expenses 

Years ended December 31,

2021

% of
revenue

Amount

2020

Change

Amount

% of
revenue

(in thousands, except percentages)

Amount

%

Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total operating expenses

  $

  $

41,220     
10,899     
42,362     
94,481     

19.5%  $
5.2%   
20.0%   
44.7%  $

43,393     
14,087     
41,903     
99,383     

18.5%  $
6.0%   
17.9%   
42.4%  $

(2,173)    
(3,188)    
459     
(4,902)    

(5.0)%
(22.6)%
1.1%
(4.9)%

Research and development expense 

Research and development expense decreased $2.2 million, or 5.0% from 2020 and 2021. Research and development costs consist of R&D work
orders, R&D material usage and other project related costs related to 100 Gbps, 200/400 Gbps data center products, DOCSIS 3.1 capable CATV products,
including remote-PHY products and 1.2 GHz-capable amplifier products,  and other new product development, and depreciation expense resulting from
R&D equipment investments. These decreases were primarily due to decrease in personnel-related costs, and share-based compensation expense. These
decreases were partically offset by an increase in sale and use tax on R&D purchase.

37

 
  
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expense 

Sales and marketing expense decreased by $3.2 million, or 22.6%, from 2020 to 2021. These decreases were primarily due to decrease in shipping

and handling charges and tradeshow expense. 

General and administrative expense

General and administrative expense increased by $0.5 million, or 1.1%, from 2020 to 2021. These increases were primarily due to an increase in
depreciation  expense  and  expenses  related  to  winter  storm  Uri.  These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in  personnel-related  costs  and
professional service fees. 

Other income (expense), net 

Years ended December 31,

2021

% of
revenue

Amount

2020

Change

Amount

% of
revenue

Amount

%

Interest income
Interest expense
Other income (expense), net
Total other income (expense), net

  $

  $

70     
(5,620)    
8,156     
2,606     

(in thousands, except percentages)
255     
(5,635)    
2,998     
(2,382)    

0.1%   $
(2.4)%   
1.3%    
(1.0)%  $

0.0%   $
(2.7)%   
3.9%    
1.2%   $

(185)    
15     
5,158     
4,988     

(72.5)%
(0.3)%
172.0%
(209.4)%

Interest income decreased by $0.2  million, or 72.5% from 2020 to 2021. The changes are similar to expected rates of fluctuation with the interest

rates and cash balances.

Interest expense was comparable between 2020 and 2021 due to comparable debt balances during the year.

Other income increased by $5.2 million, or 172.0% from 2020 to 2021.This increases was primarily due to approval by the SBA of the Company's
PPP Loan forgiveness application for the entire PPP Loan balance of $6.23 million. This increase was offset with less receipt of government subsidies. In
2020, we received $1.4 million government subsidies associated with COVID-19 pandemic in Taiwan.  

Benefit (provision) for income taxes 

Years ended December 31,

2021

2020

Change

(in thousands, except percentages)

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

  $

(2)   $

(7,228)    

7,226     

(100.0)%

Our income tax provision consists of U.S. income tax, state taxes, and Taiwan and China income tax recorded during the periods. Our effective tax

rate is affected by recurring items, such as tax rates in state and foreign jurisdictions and the relative amounts of income we earn in those jurisdictions.

We recorded no federal tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.
The income tax expense in the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily related to the state tax provision. The income tax expense recorded in the year
ended December 31, 2020 was primarily related to the change of the valuation allowance, deferred tax assets, and the recording of a valuation allowance
on Taiwan and China deferred tax assets.

38

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

Revenue 

We generate revenue through the sale of our products to equipment providers and network operators for the internet data center, CATV, FTTH,
telecom and other markets. We derive a significant portion of our revenue from our top ten customers, and we anticipate that we will continue to do so for
the foreseeable future. The following charts provide the revenue contribution from each of the markets we served for the years ended December 31, 2020
and 2019 (in thousands, except percentages):

Data Center
CATV
Telecom
FTTH
Other

Total Revenue

Years ended December 31,

Change

2020

173,437     
37,944     
21,092     
110     
2,040     
234,623     

  $

  $

% of
Revenue

73.9%  $
16.2%   
9.0%   
0.0%   
0.9%   
100.0%  $

2019

143,562     
37,328     
8,429     
190     
1,363     
190,872     

% of
Revenue

Amount

%

75.2%  $
19.6%   
4.4%   
0.1%   
0.7%   
100.0%  $

29,875     
616     
12,663     
(80)    
677     
43,751     

20.8%
1.6%
150.2%
(42.1)%
49.7%
22.9%

The increase in revenue for the year was driven primarily by increased demand for our 100 Gbps transceivers in our data center market, and laser
chips used in the manufacture of transceivers for 5G wireless communications in our telecom market. The increase in 100 Gbps demand includes increased
demand  from  several  existing  customers,  along  with  new  customer  additions.    We  believe  that  some  of  this  increase  is  related  to  increased  demand  for
cloud-based  services  as  a  result  of  a  shift  to  remote-working  arrangements  in  the  US  and  other  areas,  which  in  turn  caused  our  customers  to  increase
capacity  in  their  data  centers  requiring  more  optical  transceivers,  especially  100  Gbps  transceivers.  The  increase  in  5G-related  sales  came  mainly  from
customers in China, as wireless operators in that country have begun to deploy advanced 5G mobile networks. The slight increase in revenue for our CATV
products is due to increased demand from CATV MSOs as they began to add capacity to their networks.  This increase in demand was at least partially
attributable to network capacity expansion, particularly in the upstream direction, which is related to changes in network traffic due to increased working
from home in the US earlier in the year.  Towards the end of 2020, we saw a slow-down in orders from certain customers in our datacenter and telecom
markets.  We attribute the slowdown in datacenter business to absorption of previously-purchased inventory and in our telecom business to slow-down in
the  rate  of  deployment  of  new  5G  mobile  networks  in  China.    We  believe  that  both  of  these  effects  are  temporary  and  we  expect  that  they  should  be
resolved in 2021.

In the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, our top ten customers represented 84.3%, and 88.1% of our revenue, respectively. We believe
that diversifying our customer base is critical for our future success, since reliance on a small number of key customers makes our ability to forecast future
results dependent upon the accuracy of the forecasts we receive from those key customers.

Cost of goods sold and gross margin 

Years ended December 31,

2020

Amount

% of
Revenue

2019

Change

Amount

% of
Revenue

(in thousands, except percentages)

Amount

%

Cost of goods sold
Gross margin

  $

184,082     
50,541     

78.46%  $
21.54%   

144,671     
46,201     

75.8%  $
24.2%   

39,411     

27.2%

Cost of goods sold increased by $39.4 million, or 27.2%, from 2019 to 2020, primarily due to a 22.9% increase in sales over the prior year. The
decrease in gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the same period ended December 31, 2019 was primarily the result of changes
in the mix of products within our datacenter segment. In particular, we saw an increase in sales of certain lower-cost 100 Gbps transceivers, designed for
shorter reaches within the datacenter, relative to sales of transceivers designed for longer reaches. This product mix resulted in an overall reduction in gross
margin. Also contributing to the reduced gross margin was production inefficiencies, and higher costs of certain raw materials. 

Operating expenses 

Years ended December 31,

2020

% of
revenue

Amount

2019

Change

Amount

% of
revenue

(in thousands, except percentages)

Amount

%

Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total operating expenses

  $

  $

43,393     
14,087     
41,903     
99,383     

43,399     
10,060     
41,489     
94,948     

22.7%  $
5.3%   
21.7%   
49.7%  $

(6)    
4,027     
414     
4,435     

(0.0)%
40.0%
1.0%
4.7%

18.5%  $
6.0%   
17.9%   
42.4%  $

39

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
Table of Contents

Research and development expense 

Research and development expense was comparable between 2019 and 2020. Research and development costs consist of R&D work orders, R&D
material usage and other project related costs related to 100 Gbps, 200/400 Gbps data center products, DOCSIS 3.1 capable CATV products, including
remote-PHY  products  and  1.2  GHz-capable  amplifier  products,    and  other  new  product  development,  and  depreciation  expense  resulting  from  R&D
equipment investments.

Sales and marketing expense 

Sales  and  marketing  expense  increased  by  $4.0  million,  or  40.0%,  from  2019  to  2020.  These  increases  were  primarily  due  to  increase  in
commission expenses, duties and freight. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in trade show expenses and travel-related costs as a result of
the COVID-19 pandemic.  As a result of the pandemic outbreak, the Company has modified many of its customary business practices by limiting employee
travel including cancelling in-person participation in various meetings, events and conferences. 

General and administrative expense

General and administrative expense increased by $0.4 million, or 1.0%, from 2019 to 2020. These increases were primarily due to an increase in
personnel-related costs, share-based compensation expense and insurance expense. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in legal expenses,
some of which were paid by our insurance carrier rather than the Company, as legal expenses related to the first of our shareholder class action lawsuits
have exceeded the retention in our insurance contract. 

Other income (expense), net 

Years ended December 31,

2020

% of
revenue

Amount

2019

Change

Amount

% of
revenue

(in thousands, except percentages)

Amount

%

Interest income
Interest expense
Other income (expense), net

Total other income (expense), net

  $

  $

255     
(5,635)    
2,998     
(2,382)    

0.1%   $
(2.4)%   
1.3%    
(1.0)%  $

925     
(5,405)    
1,840     
(2,640)    

0.5%   $
(2.8)%   
1.0%    
(1.4)%  $

(670)    
(230)    
1,158     
258     

(72.4)%
4.3%
62.9%
(9.8)%

Interest income decreased by $0.6  million, or 72.4% from 2019 to 2020. The changes are similar to expected rates of fluctuation with the interest

rates and cash balances.

Interest expense increased by $0.2 million, or 4.3% from 2019 to 2020 due to higher average debt balances during the year.

Other income increased by $1.2 million, or 62.9% from 2019 to 2020.This increases was primarily due to the receipt of government subsidies

associated with COVID-19 pandemic in Taiwan. 

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

Years ended December 31,

2020

2019

Change

(in thousands, except percentages)

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

  $

(7,228)   $

(14,662)    

7,434     

(50.7)%

Our income tax provision consists of U.S. income tax, state taxes, and Taiwan and China income tax recorded during the periods. Our effective tax

rate is affected by recurring items, such as tax rates in state and foreign jurisdictions and the relative amounts of income we earn in those jurisdictions.

We recorded a tax expense of $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as compared to $14.7 million for the year ended December 31,
2019. The income tax expense in the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily related to the change of the valuation allowance, deferred tax assets, and
the recording of a valuation allowance on Taiwan and China deferred tax assets. The income tax expense recorded in the year ended December 31, 2019
was primarily related to recognition of research and development credits, offset by the recognition of a valuation allowance on our US and state deferred
tax assets, and due to excess tax benefits attributable to share-based compensation, and as well as the tax rates in foreign jurisdictions. 

40

 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2021, we had $7.4 million of unused borrowing capacity from all of our loan agreements. As of December 31, 2021, our cash,
cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments totaled $41.1 million. Cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes and are
invested primarily in money market or time deposit funds.

On October 24, 2019, we filed a Registration Statement on Form S-3 with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which was declared effective
on January 9, 2020, providing for the public offer and sale of certain securities of the Company from time to time, at our discretion, up to an aggregate
amount of $250 million. 

On February 28, 2020, we entered into an Equity Distribution Agreement with Raymond James & Associates, Inc. (the “Sales Agent”) pursuant to
which the Company may issue and sell shares of the Company’s common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $55 million (the “Initial ATM
Offering”), from time to time through the Sales Agent. In January 2021, the Company completed its Initial ATM Offering and sold 5.9 million shares at a
weighted average price of $9.12 per share, providing proceeds of $53.9 million, net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions.

On  February  26,  2021,  we  entered  into  another  Equity  Distribution  Agreement  (the  “Agreement”)  with  the  Sales  Agent  pursuant  to  which  the
Company may issue and sell shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”) having an aggregate offering price of up to
$35 million (the “Second ATM Offering”), from time to time through the Sales Agent. Upon delivery of a placement notice and subject to the terms and
conditions  of  the  Agreement,  sales,  if  any,  of  the  Shares  will  be  made  through  the  Sales  Agent  in  transactions  that  are  deemed  to  be  “at  the  market”
offerings as defined in Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), including sales made through the facilities of the Nasdaq
Global Market, the principal trading market for the Company’s common stock, on any other existing trading market for the Company’s common stock, to
or through a market maker or as otherwise agreed by the Company and the Sales Agent. In the placement notice, the Company will designate the maximum
number of Shares to be sold through the Sales Agent, the time period during which sales are requested to be made, the minimum price for the Shares to be
sold, and any limitation on the number of Shares that may be sold in any one day. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the Sales Agent
will use its commercially reasonable efforts to sell Shares on the Company’s behalf up to the designated amount specified in the placement notice. The
Company has no obligation to sell any Shares under the Agreement and may at any time suspend offers and sales of the Shares under the Agreement.

The Agreement provides that the Sales Agent will be entitled to compensation of up to 2% of the gross sales price of the Shares sold through the
Sales  Agent  from  time  to  time.  The  Company  has  also  agreed  to  reimburse  the  Sales  Agent  for  certain  specified  expenses  in  connection  with  the
registration of Shares under state blue sky laws and any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Inc., not
to exceed $10,000 in the aggregate, and any associated application fees incurred. Additionally, if the Agreement is terminated under certain circumstances,
and the Company fails to sell a minimum amount of the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, then the Company has agreed to reimburse the Sales Agent
for  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses,  including  the  reasonable  fees  and  disbursements  of  counsel  incurred  by  the  Sales  Agent,  up  to  a  maximum  of
$30,000 in the aggregate. The Company agreed to indemnify the Sales Agent against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to
contribute to payments that the Sales Agent may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

In  March  2021,  we  commenced  sales  of  common  stock  through  the  Second  ATM  Offering.  The  details  of  the  shares  of  common  stock  sold

through the Second ATM Offering through December 31, 2021 are as follows (in thousands, except shares and weighted average per share price): 

Distribution Agent
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

Month

Weighted
Average Per
Share Price    

Number of
Shares Sold     Net Proceeds    

Compensation
to
Distribution
Agent

March 2021   
June 2021   
July 2021   

9.0622     
9.1115     
9.1061     

65,748     
34,686     
6,740     

584     
310     
60     

12 
6 
1 

As of December 31, 2021, the total gross sales were $1.0 million and thus remaining amount of common stock we have available to sell under the

Second ATM Offering is $34.0 million. 

On March 5, 2019, the Company issued $80.5 million of 5% convertible senior notes due 2024, bearing interest at a rate of 5% per year maturing
on March 15, 2024 (the "Notes"), unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted in accordance with their terms. The sale of the Notes generated net
proceeds of $76.4 million, after expenses. Also refer to Note L “Convertible Senior Notes” to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of
the Notes.

The table below sets forth selected cash flow data for the periods presented (in thousands):

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
Net increase (decrease) in cash

2021

Years ended December 31,
2020

2019

  $

  $

(11,644)   $
(10,546)    
14,088     
(876)    
(8,978)   $

(44,009)   $
(19,347)    
47,441     
(999)    
(16,914)   $

(1,754)
(32,116)
42,596 
298 
9,025 

41

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
Table of Contents

Operating activities  

In 2021, net cash used in operating activities was $11.6 million. Net cash used in operating activities consisted of our net loss of $54.2 million,
after the exclusion of non-cash items of $36.6 million, an increase in accounts and notes receivable from our customers of $14.6 million and a decrease in
accrued liabilities of $3.1 million. These cash decreases were offset by a decrease in inventory of $15.8 million and increase in accounts payable to our
vendors of $7.1 million. 

In 2020, net cash used in operating activities was $44.0 million. Net cash used in operating activities consisted of our net loss of $58.5 million,
after the exclusion of non-cash items of $48.9 million, an increase in accounts receivable from our customers of $8.4 million and an increase in inventory
of $23.7 million and decrease in accounts payable to our vendor of $3.3 million.

In 2019, net cash used in operating activities was $1.8 million. Net cash used in operating activities consisted of our net loss of $66.0 million, after
the exclusion of non-cash items of $57.8 million, an increase in accounts receivable from our customers of $4.3 million and a decrease in accrued liabilities
of $0.3 million. These cash decreases were offset by a decrease in inventory of $1.6 million, an increase in accounts payable to our vendors of $3.2 million,
a decrease in prepaid tax of $1.0 million and a decrease in other current assets of $5.5 million.

Investing activities 

Our investing activities consisted primarily of capital expenditures and purchases of intangible assets.

In 2021, net cash used in investing activities was $10.5 million. The net cash used consisted of spending on purchase and prepaid of additional

property, plant and equipment of $10.2 million.

In 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $19.3 million. The net cash used consisted of spending on China factory construction, purchase

and prepaid of additional property, plant and equipment of $19.1 million.

In 2019, net cash used in investing activities was $32.1 million. The net cash used consisted of spending on China factory construction, purchase

and prepaid of additional property, plant and equipment of $31.5 million.

Financing activities 

Our  financing  activities  have  historically  consisted  primarily  of  proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  common  stock  and  arrangements  with  various

commercial lenders.

In 2021, our financing activities provided $14.1 million in cash. This increase in cash was due to $15.4 million of net proceeds from our At-The-
Market (ATM) Offering. These activities were offset by $0.3 million net repayments to acceptances payable and bank debt, and $1.0 million related to tax
withholding associated with employee share-based compensation. 

In 2020, our financing activities provided $47.4 million in cash. This increase in cash was due to $39.2 million of net proceeds from our At-The-

Market (ATM) Offering, $6.2 million proceeds from PPP term loan, and $3.4 million net proceeds from acceptances payable and bank debt. 

In 2019, our financing activities provided $42.6 million in cash. We received $76.4 million proceeds from the issuance of convertible senior notes
offset  by  net  bank  loan  and  bank  acceptance  notes  repayments  of  $32.9  million.  These  activities  were  offset  by  $0.9  million  related  to  tax  withholding
associated with employee share-based compensation.

42

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents

Loans and commitments  

We have lending arrangements with several financial institutions. In the U.S., we have a revolving line of credit with Truist Bank. The line of
credit contains financial covenants that may limit the amount and types of debt that we may incur. As of December 31, 2021, we were in compliance with
these covenants. 

In Taiwan, we have an equipment finance agreement with Chailease Finance Co., Ltd. for Prime World’s Taiwan Branch. In China, we have a
revolving line of credit with China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd. and Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd and a credit facility with China Zheshang
Bank Co., Ltd. for our China subsidiary, Global.

As of December 31, 2021 , we had $7.4 million of unused borrowing capacity. 

On March 5, 2019, the Company issued $80.5 million of 5% convertible senior notes due 2024. The Notes will mature on March 15, 2024, unless

earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted in accordance with their terms.

See  Note  K  “Notes  Payable  and  Long-term  Debt”  and  Note  L  “Convertible  Senior  Notes”  of  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  a

description of our notes payable and long-term debt and convertible senior notes. 

China factory construction

On February 8, 2018, we entered into a construction contract with Zhejiang Xinyu Construction Group Co., Ltd. for the construction of a new
factory and other facilities at our Ningbo, China location.  Construction costs for these facilities under this contract are estimated to total approximately
$27.5 million. As of December 31, 2021, construction of the building is complete, and approximately $27.4 million of this total cost has been paid and the
remaining portion will be paid in yearly installments for three years after final inspection. We anticipate additional expenses for building improvements to
the factory and we are in the process of evaluating the timing of these expenditures and obtaining bids for any such work. Based on forecasts, we believe
the factory will be placed in service in the first half of 2022, property will be transferred from construction in progress to building and improvement at that
time.

Future liquidity needs 

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from our operating activities, and available credit will be sufficient to meet our
anticipated cash needs for the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the timing and extent
of spending to support our research and development efforts, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced
products, changes in our manufacturing capacity and the continuing market acceptance of our products.  In the event we need additional liquidity, we will
explore additional sources of liquidity. These additional sources of liquidity could include one, or a combination, of the following: (i) issuing equity or debt
securities,  (ii)  incurring  indebtedness  secured  by  our  assets  and  (iii)  selling  product  lines,  other  assets  and/or  portions  of  our  business.  There  can  be  no
guarantee that we will be able to raise additional funds on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

We  have  outstanding  notes  payable  with  varying  maturities.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  our  notes  payable  had  an  aggregate  amount  of  $54.7
million, with $49.7 million payable witin 12 months. Further information regarding our note payable is provided in Note K Notes Payable and Long-Term
Debt in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K. We also have a fixed-rate convertible senior note. As of December 31, 2021, our
convertible  senior  note  had  an  aggregate  principle  amount  of  $80.5  million  and  future  interest  payments  associated  with  our  senior  notes  totaled  $10.1
million. Further information regarding our convertible senior notes is provided in Note L – Convertible Senior Notes in the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements  in  this  Form  10-K.  In  addition,  we  have  operating  and  financial  lease  for  certain  property  and  equipment  with  an  expected  term  at  the
commencement date of more than 12 months. As of December 31, 2021, the future minimum payments required under these leases totaled $9.3 million,
with $1.3 million payable within 12 months. Further information regarding our leases is provided in Note D – Leases to Consolidated Financial Statements
in this Form 10-K.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Inflation 

The annual inflation rate in the US and Taiwan accelerated more than 7% in 2021. Cost inflation including increases in shipping costs, labor rates,
and in costs of some raw materials; we currently  believe these increases are related to the COVID-19 pandemic (please refer to our discussion on COVID-
19 in the MD&A section of this Form 10-K), however we cannot be sure when or if prices will return to pre-pandemic levels. There is no guarantee that we
can  increase  selling  prices  or  reduce  costs  to  fully  mitigate  the  effect  of  inflation  on  our  costs,  which  may  adversely  impact  our  sales  margins  and
profitability. Compared to other major economies in the world, China has a stable level of inflation, which has not had a significant impact on our sales or
operating results.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have
been  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP.  These  principles  require  us  to  make  estimates  and  judgments  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets,
liabilities,  revenue,  expenses  and  cash  flows,  and  related  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities.  Our  estimates  include  those  related  to  revenue
recognition,  share-based  compensation  expense,  impairment  analysis  of  goodwill  and  long-lived  assets,  valuation  of  inventory,  warranty  liabilities  and
accounting for income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the
circumstances.  Actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates.  To  the  extent  that  there  are  material  differences  between  these  estimates  and  our  actual
results, our future financial statements will be affected.

We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which are described in Note B to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere
in  this  Form  10-K,  the  following  accounting  policies  involve  a  greater  degree  of  judgment  and  complexity.  Accordingly,  we  believe  these  are  the  most
critical to fully understand and evaluate our financial condition and results of operations.

44

 
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents

Long-lived assets

We  evaluate  the  carrying  value  of  long-lived  assets  for  potential  impairment  when  we  determine  a  triggering  event  has  occurred,  or  whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. When indicators exist, recoverability of assets
is measured by a comparison of the carrying value of the asset group to the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the
asset. Examples of such triggering events include a significant disposal of a portion of such assets, an adverse change in the market involving the business
employing the related asset, a significant decrease in the benefits realized from an acquired business, difficulties or delays in integrating the business, and a
significant change in the operations of an acquired business. If such assets are determined not to be recoverable we perform an analysis of the fair value of
the  asset  group  and  will  recognize  an  impairment  loss  when  the  fair  value  is  less  than  the  carrying  amount  of  such  assets.  The  fair  value,  based  on
reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections, require subjective judgments. Depending on the assumptions and estimates used, the fair value
projected in the evaluation of long-lived assets can vary within a range of outcomes. We consider the likelihood of possible outcomes in determining the
best estimate for the fair value of the assets. We did not record any asset impairment charges in 2021, 2020, and 2019.

Valuation of inventories

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  (average-cost  method)  or  market.  Work  in  process  and  finished  goods  includes  materials,  labor  and
allocated overhead. We assess the valuation of our inventory on a periodic basis and provide an allowance for the value of estimated excess and obsolete
inventory based on estimates of future demand. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we recorded excess and obsolete inventory
reserve charges of $3.9 million, $3.9 million, and $6.8 million, respectively. For the years December 2021, 2020 and 2019, the direct inventory write-offs
related to scrap, discontinued products and damaged inventories were $16.8 million, $20.4 million, and $13.4 million, respectively.

We  have  an  accounting  policy  to  write  down  the  value  of  obsolete  inventory.  We  considered  the  following  factors  in  our  determination  of  the
appropriate reserve level: how often we buy material in bulk; the overall market value of raw material, semi-finished goods and finished goods across our
varied product lines and within markets; changes in expected demand for our products; the change in valuations historically; the determined safety stock for
key customers; and the likelihood of postponement in delivery schedules for materials already placed in finished goods inventory.

45

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Table of Contents

Accounting for income taxes 

We account for income taxes in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes. The liability method is used to account for deferred
income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the
differences are expected to reverse. The ability to realize deferred tax assets is evaluated annually and a valuation allowance is provided if it is unlikely that
the deferred tax assets will not give rise to future benefits in our tax returns.

We record uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) we determine whether it is more
likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-
likely-than-not  recognition  threshold,  we  recognize  the  largest  amount  of  tax  benefit  that  is  more  than  50  percent  likely  to  be  realized  upon  ultimate
settlement with the related tax authority.

On the basis of this evaluation, as of December 31, 2021, a valuation allowance of $57.7 million has been recorded related to deferred tax assets to
recognize only the portion of the deferred tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized. The amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable,
however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced or increased or if objective negative evidence
in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present and additional weight is given to subjective evidence such as our projections for growth.

We  recognize  interest  and  penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  on  the  income  tax  expense  line  in  the  accompanying  consolidated

statement of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included on the related tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheet.

See additional information regarding income taxes in Note O of our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

See Note B of our Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements. 

46

 
  
  
 
 
     
  
  
 
Table of Contents

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market Risks

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial statements through adverse changes in financial market prices and rates and
inflation. Our market risk exposure results primarily from fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates. We manage our exposure to these market risks
through our regular operating and financing activities. We have not historically attempted to reduce our market risks through hedging instruments; we may,
however, do so in the future.

Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk

Our cash equivalents consisted primarily of money market funds, and interest and non-interest bearing bank deposits. Our primary objective is to
maintain the security of our principal balances and ensure liquidity. We attempt to maximize the return on these balances without significantly increasing
risk, but have little opportunity to do so given the short-term nature of our investments and current interest rate environments. We do not anticipate any
material effect on our cash balances or investment portfolio due to fluctuations in interest rates.

We are exposed to market risk due to the possibility of changing interest rates associated with certain debt instruments. As of December 31, 2021,
our debt bears a variable rate of interest that is based on SOFR or other interbank offered rates. The debt subject to variable rates is subject to fluctuation in
the SOFR or other interbank offered rates. As of December 31, 2021, we had not hedged our interest rate risk.

With respect to our interest expense for the three months ended December 31, 2021, an increase of 1.0% in each of our interest rates would have

resulted in an increase of $0.5 million in our interest expense for such period.

Foreign Exchange Rates

We operate on an international basis with a large portion of our business conducted in our Taiwan branch and China subsidiary. We use the U.S.
dollar  as  our  reporting  currency  for  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  financial  records  of  our  China  subsidiary  and  our  Taiwan  branch  are
maintained in their respective local currencies, the RMB and the NT dollar, which are the functional currencies for our China subsidiary and our Taiwan
branch, respectively. Assets and liabilities are translated at prevailing exchange rates at the balance sheet date, equity accounts are translated at historical
exchange  rates  and  revenues,  expenses,  gains  and  losses  are  translated  using  the  average  rate  for  the  then  current  period  using  a  monthly  average.
Translation adjustments are reported as cumulative translation adjustments and are shown as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive
income in our statement of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income.

All transactions in currencies other than their functional currencies during the year are subject to foreign exchange risk when the exchange rate
fluctuates on the respective relevant dates of such transactions. Transaction gains and losses are recognized in our statements of operations in other income
(expense). Monetary assets and liabilities existing at the balance sheet date denominated in currencies other than the functional currencies are re-measured
at  the  exchange  rates  prevailing  on  the  balance  sheet  date  and  unrealized  exchange  differences  are  recorded  in  our  consolidated  income  statement.  In
October 2015, we determined that certain intercompany loans are long-term investments. Therefore, exchange gain (loss) arising from re-measurement of
intercompany loans were recorded in the Cumulative Translation Adjustment accounts.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, we recognized less than $0.5 million of exchange gains arising from foreign currency transactions and

re-measurement of monetary assets and liabilities dominated in non-functional currency on the balance sheet date.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  7.9%  of  our  revenue  was  denominated  in  RMB  and  none  of  our  revenue  was  denominated  in  NT
dollars. In the year ended December 31, 2021, 26.3% of our operating expenses were denominated in RMB and 21.9% of our operating expenses were
denominated in NT dollars. Accordingly, fluctuations in exchange rates directly affect our cost of goods sold and net income (loss), and have a significant
impact on our operating margins. If exchange rates of RMB and NT dollars for U.S. dollars were 1% higher during the year ended December 31, 2021, our
operating expenses would have had been higher by $0.5 million.

47

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2021, we held the U.S. dollar denominated liabilities net of assets of approximately $5.7 million in our China subsidiary and
$13.4 million in our Taiwan branch. With respect to these U.S. dollar denominated net assets as of December 31, 2021, if exchange rates of RMB and NT
dollars for U.S. dollars were 1% higher during the year ended December 31, 2021, our other operating expenses would have been reduced by $0.2 million.
Any significant revaluation of the RMB and NT dollars may materially and adversely affect the cash flows, revenues, and net income (loss) as reported in
U.S. dollars.

We currently do not use derivative financial instruments to mitigate this exposure. We continue to review this issue and may consider hedging

certain foreign exchange risks through the use of currency forwards or options in future years.

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes beginning on

page F-1 of this Form 10-K.

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

a. Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other
procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the
Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and
procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports
that  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  company’s  management,  including  its  principal  executive  and
principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to
provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures as of December 31, 2021. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as
of the end of the period covered in this Form 10-K, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

b. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f)
and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the issuer’s principal
executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel,
to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  our  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to
the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  Company;
(ii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management
and  directors  of  the  Company;  and  (iii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or
disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that our degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

48

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
Table of Contents

Our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the period covered
by this Form 10-K based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the
Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December
31, 2021.

Grant Thornton LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Form

10-K, has issued a report, included below, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021.

c. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There  was  no  change  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act)  identified  in
connection  with  management’s  evaluation  required  by  the  Rules  13a-15(d)  and  15d-15(d)  under  the  Exchange  Act  that  occurred  during  our  last  fiscal
quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

49

 
  
  
 
  
 
Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Board of Directors and Shareholders
Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting 
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”)
as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021, and our
report dated February 24, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are
being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Houston, Texas
February 24, 2022

50

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents

Item 9B.

Other Information

None.

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdiction that Prevent Inspections

None.

51

 
  
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III 

The  information  required  regarding  our  directors  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  from  the  information  contained  in  our  definitive  Proxy
Statement  for  the  2021  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  (our  “Proxy  Statement”),  a  copy  of  which  will  be  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.

The  information  required  regarding  our  executive  officers  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  from  the  information  contained  in  our  Proxy

Statement.

The information required regarding Section 16(a) beneficial ownership reporting compliance is incorporated by reference from the information

contained in our Proxy Statement.

The  information  required  with  respect  to  procedures  by  which  security  holders  may  recommend  nominees  to  our  board  of  directors,  the
composition  of  our  Audit  Committee,  and  whether  the  Company  has  an  “audit  committee  financial  expert”,  is  incorporated  by  reference  from  the
information contained in our Proxy Statement.

Adoption of Code of Ethics 

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) applicable to all of our board of director members, employees and
executive  officers,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  (Principal  Executive  Officer),  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (Principal  Financial  Officer  and
Principal Accounting Officer). The Company has made the Code available on our website at http://www.ao-inc.com.

The Company intends to satisfy the public disclosure requirements regarding (1) any amendments to the Code, or (2) any waivers under the Code
given  to  our  Principal  Executive  Officer,  Principal  Financial  Officer  and  Principal  Accounting  Officer  by  posting  such  information  on  our  website  at
www.ao-inc.com. There were amendments to the Code or waivers granted thereunder relating to the Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer
or Principal Accounting Officer during 2021.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

The  information  required  regarding  the  compensation  of  our  directors  and  executive  officers  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  from  the

information in our Proxy Statement.

The  information  required  regarding  pay  ratio  disclosure  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  from  the  information  contained  in  our  Proxy

Statement.

The information required regarding our Compensation Committee and the Compensation Committee Report are incorporated by reference from

the information contained in our Proxy Statement.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required regarding security ownership of our 5% or greater stockholders and of our directors and management is incorporated
herein  by  reference  from  the  information  contained  in  the  section  entitled  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management”  in  our
Proxy Statement.

The  information  required  regarding  securities  authorized  for  issuance  under  our  equity  compensation  plans  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference

from the information contained in the section entitled “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our Proxy Statement.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The  information  required  regarding  related  transactions  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  from  the  information  contained  in  our  Proxy

Statement.

The information required regarding the independence of our directors is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in our

Proxy Statement.

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by Part III, Item 14, regarding principal accounting fees and services is incorporated by reference from the information
contained in our Proxy Statement, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal
year ended December 31, 2021.

52

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
Table of Contents

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statements Schedules

PART IV 

(a)(1) The consolidated financial statements are listed on the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements to this Form 10-K beginning on page F-

1.

(a)(2)  Financial  Statement  Schedules.  Financial  statement  schedules  have  been  omitted,  as  the  information  required  to  be  set  forth  therein  is

included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto appearing in this Form 10-K.

(a)(3)  Exhibits. See the Exhibit immediately following Item 16. Form 10-K Summary of this Form 10-K.

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

None.

53

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Number

Exhibit Description

3.1  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the

Form     
10-Q  

registrant, as currently in effect

Incorporated By Reference
     Exhibit

File No.

001-36083  

3.1

Filing Date
November 14, 2013

3.2  Amended and Restated Bylaws of the registrant, as currently

10-Q  

001-36083  

3.2

November 14, 2013

in effect

4.1  Common Stock Specimen

4.2 

Indenture, dated as of March 5, 2019 between Applied
Optoelectronics, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as trustee, paying agent, and conversion agent

8-K  

001-36083  

8-K

001-36083  

4.1

4.1

November 14, 2016

March 5, 2019

4.3  Form of Note representing the Company’s 5.00%

8-K

001-36083  

4.1

March 5, 2019

Convertible Senior Notes due 2024 (included as Exhibit A
to the Indenture)

4.4  Description of Company’s Common Stock

10-K  

001-36083  

4.4

February 28, 2020

10.1  Form of Indemnification Agreement between the registrant

S-1

333-190591  

10.1

August 13, 2013

each of its Directors and certain of its Executive Officers

10.2† 2006 Incentive Share Plan

S-1

333-190591  

10.5

August 13, 2013

10.2.1† First Amendment to 2006 Incentive Share Plan

S-1/A  

333-190591  

10.5.1

August 27, 2013

10.2.2† Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2006 Incentive

S-1

333-190591  

10.5.2

August 13, 2013

Share Plan

10.3† Amended and Restated 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

10-K  

001-36083  

10.6

March 9, 2017

10.3.1† Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 2013

S-1

333-190591  

10.6.1

August 13, 2013

Equity Incentive Plan

10.3.2† Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under

S-1

333-190591  

10.6.2

August 13, 2013

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

10.3.3† Form of Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement under

S-1

333-190591  

10.6.3

August 13, 2013

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

10.3.4† Form of Notice of Stock Option Award and Stock Option

S-1

333-190591  

10.6.4

August 13, 2013

Award Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

10.4† Amended and Restated Employment Agreement regarding

S-1

333-190591  

10.12.1  

August 13, 2013

Change of Control or Separation of Service between the
registrant and Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin, dated April 16,
2013

10.5† Employment Agreement, dated August 5, 2016, between
Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Stefan J. Murry

10.6† Employment Agreement, dated August 5, 2016, between
Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Mr. Joshua Yeh

10.7† Employment Agreement, dated August 5, 2016, between
Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Dr. Fred Chang

10.8† Employment Agreement, dated August 5, 2016, between
Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and David C. Kuo

54

10-Q/A  

001-36083  

10.20

August 9, 2016

10-Q/A  

001-36083  

10.21

August 9, 2016

10-Q/A  

001-36083  

10.22

August 9, 2016

10-K  

001-36083  

10.9

February 28, 2018

 
  
  
 
 
    
    
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Number 

Exhibit Description 

10.9  Loan Agreement, dated September 28, 2017, between
Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Branch Banking and
Trust Company 

      Form 

8-K  

Incorporated By Reference 
      Exhibit 

File No. 
001-36083  

10.1

Filing Date 
October 4, 2017

10.9.1  Promissory Note, dated September 28, 2017, between
Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Branch Banking and
Trust Company

10.9.2  Addendum to the Promissory Note, dated September 28,
2017, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Branch
Banking and Trust Company

8-K  

001-36-83

10.2

October 4, 2017

8-K  

001-36-83

10.3

October 4, 2017

10.9.3  BB&T Security Agreement, dated September 28, 2017,

8-K  

001-36083  

10.4

October 4, 2017

between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Branch Banking
and Trust Company

10.9.4  Trademark Security Agreement, dated September 28, 2017,
between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Branch Banking
and Trust Company

8-K  

001-36083  

10.5

October 4, 2017

10.9.5  Patent Security Agreement, dated September 28, 2017,

8-K  

001-36083  

10.6

October 4, 2017

between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Branch Banking
and Trust Company

10.10  Supply Agreement, effective November 8, 2017, between
Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Facebook, Inc.

8-K  

001-36083  

10.1

February 24, 2018

10.11  Master Purchase Agreement, effective January 2, 2018,

8-K  

001-36083  

10.2

February 21, 2018

between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Facebook, Inc.

10.12  Translation of Lease Agreement between Global

10-K  

001-36083  

10.30

February 28, 2018

Technology, Inc. and the People’s Republic of China in
Zhejiang Province, Ningbo City, Land Resources Bureau

10.12.1  Translation of Investment and Construction Agreement

10-K  

001-36083

10.30.1

February 28, 2018

between Global Technology, Inc. and the People’s Republic
of China in Zhejiang Province, Ningbo City, Land
Resources Bureau

10.13  Translation of Construction Agreement between Global

10-Q  

001-36083

10.5

May 8, 2018

Technology, Inc. and Zhejiang Xinyu Construction Group
Co., Ltd. dated February 8, 2018

10.14  First Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated March 30,

8-K  

001-36083

10.1

April 5, 2018

2018, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Branch
Banking and Trust Company

10.14.1  Addendum to the Promissory Note ($60 million), dated

8-K  

001-36083

10.2

April 5, 2018

March 30, 2018, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and
Branch Banking and Trust Company

10.14.2  Promissory Note ($26 million), dated March 30, 2018,

8-K  

001-36083

10.3

April 5, 2018

between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Branch Banking
and Trust Company

10.14.3  Addendum to the Promissory Note ($26 million), dated

8-K  

001-36083

10.4

April 5, 2018

March 30, 2018, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and
Branch Banking and Trust Company

10.14.4  Promissory Note ($21.5 million), dated March 30, 2018,

8-K  

001-36083

10.5

April 5, 2018

between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Branch Banking
and Trust Company

55

 
    
  
  
     
     
     
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Number 

Exhibit Description 

      Form 

10.14.5  Addendum to the Promissory Note ($21.5 million), dated

8-K  

March 30, 2018, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and
Branch Banking and Trust Company

Incorporated By Reference 
      Exhibit 

File No. 
001-36083

10.6

Filing Date 
April 5, 2018

10.14.6  Note Modification Agreement, dated March 30, 2018,

8-K  

001-36083

10.7

April 5, 2018

between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Branch Banking
and Trust Company

10.14.7  Assignment of Lease and Rent, dated March 30, 2018,

8-K  

001-36083

10.8

April 5, 2018

between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Branch Banking
and Trust Company

10.14.8  Texas Deed of Trust and Security Agreement, dated March

8-K  

001-36083

10.9

April 5, 2018

30, 2018, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Branch
Banking and Trust Company

10.14.9  Environmental Certification and Indemnity Agreement,

8-K  

001-36083

10.10

April 5, 2018

dated March 30, 2018, between Applied Optoelectronics,
Inc. and Branch Banking and Trust Company

56

 
    
  
  
     
     
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Number 

Exhibit Description 

10.15  First Amendment to Lease, dated October 8, 2018, between
Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and GIG VAOI Breckinridge,
LLC.

      Form 

8-K  

Incorporated By Reference 
      Exhibit 

File No. 
001-36083

10.1

Filing Date 
October 12, 2018

10.16  Translation of Purchase and Sale Contract, Finance Lease

8-K  

001-36083

10.1

December 6, 2018

Agreement and Promissory Note, dated November 29, 2018,
between Prime World International Holdings, Ltd., and
Chailease Finance Co., Ltd.

10.17  Translation of Purchase and Sale Contract, Finance Lease

8-K  

001-36083

10.1

January 25, 2019

Agreement and Promissory Note, dated January 21,
2019, between Prime World International Holdings, Ltd. and
Chailease Finance Co., Ltd.

10.18  Second Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated February 1,

8-K  

001-36083

10.1

February 7, 2019

2019, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Branch
Banking and Trust Company

10.19  Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2019 by and

8-K  

001-36083  

10.1

March 5, 2019

among Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., Raymond James &
Associates, Inc. and Cowen and Company, LLC

10.19.1  Third Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated March 5,

8-K  

001-36083  

10.2

March 5, 2019

2019, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Branch
Banking and Trust Company

10.20  Translation of Approval Notice between, Prime World

8-K  

001-36083  

10.1

April 17, 2019

International Holdings, Ltd., and Far Eastern International
Bank Co., Ltd., dated April 11, 2019

10.20.1  Translation of Comprehensive Credit Facilities Master

8-K  

001-36083  

10.2

April 17, 2019

Agreement between, Prime World International Holdings,
Ltd., and Far Eastern International Bank Co., Ltd., dated
April 11, 2019

10.20.2  Translation of Credit Terms / Financial Transaction Terms
Agreement between, Prime World International Holdings,
Ltd., and Far Eastern International Bank Co., Ltd., dated
April 11, 2019

8-K  

001-36083  

10.3

April 17, 2019

10.20.3  Translation of Promissory Note between, Prime World

8-K  

001-36083  

10.4

April 17, 2019

International Holdings, Ltd., and Far Eastern International
Bank Co., Ltd., dated April 11, 2019

10.21  Translation of the Credit Granting Agreement, between

8-K  

001-36083  

10.1

April 25, 2019

Global Technology, Inc. and China Merchants Bank Co.,
Ltd., dated April 19, 2019

10.22  Translation of the Working Capital Loan Contract, between
Global Technology, Inc. and Shanghai Pudong Development
Bank Co., Ltd., dated April 30, 2019

8-K  

001-36083  

10.1

May 6, 2019

10.23  Translation of the Working Capital Loan Contract (RMB

8-K  

001-36083  

10.1

May 13, 2019

30,000,000), between Global Technology, Inc. and Shanghai
Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd., dated May 7, 2019

10.23.1  Translation of the Working Capital Loan Contract (USD

8-K  

001-36083  

10.2

May 13, 2019

2,000,000),between Global Technology, Inc. and Shanghai
Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd., dated May 8, 2019

10.24  Translation of the Financing Credit Line Agreement, dated

8-K  

001-36083  

10.1

May 31, 2019

May 24, 2019, between Global Technology, Inc. and
Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd.

10.24.1  Translation of the Maximum Mortgage Contract (Security

8-K  

001-36083  

10.2

May 31, 2019

Agreement), dated May 24, 2019, between Global
Technology, Inc. and Shanghai Pudong Development Bank
Co., Ltd.

10.25  Translation of the Maximum Loan Contract (¥100M), dated
June 21, 2019, between Global Technology, Inc. and China
Zheshang Bank Co., Ltd

8-K  

001-36083  

10.1

June 27, 2019

 
    
  
  
     
     
     
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
57

 
Table of Contents

10.25.1  Translation of the Maximum Mortgage Contract (the “Real
Estate Security Agreement”), dated June 21, 2019, between
Global Technology, Inc. and China Zheshang Bank Co., Ltd

10.25.2  Translation of the Maximum Loan Contract (¥50M), dated
June 21, 2019, between Global Technology, Inc. and China
Zheshang Bank Co., Ltd

8-K  

001-36083  

10.2

June 27, 2019

8-K  

001-36083  

10.3

June 27, 2019

10.25.3  Translation of the Maximum Mortgage Contract (the

8-K  

001-36083  

10.4

June 27, 2019

“Machinery and Equipment Security Agreement”), dated
June 21, 2019, between Global Technology, Inc. and China
Zheshang Bank Co., Ltd

10.26  Translation of the Approval Notice of Credit Line, dated

10-Q  

001-36083  

10.11

August 8, 2019

July 8, 2019, between Prime World International Holdings
Ltd. and Taishin International Bank

10.26.1  Translation of the General Agreement for Financial

10-Q  

001-36083  

10.12

August 8, 2019

Transaction, dated July 23, 2019, between Prime World
International Holdings Ltd. and Taishin International Bank

10.26.2  Translation of the Credit Facility Agreement, dated July 23,
2019, between Prime World International Holdings Ltd. and
Taishin International Bank

10-Q  

001-36083  

10.13

August 8, 2019

10.26.3  Translation of the Promissory Note, dated July 23, 2019,

10-Q  

001-36083  

10.14

August 8, 2019

between Prime World International Holdings Ltd. and
Taishin International Bank

10.27** Fourth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated September

8-K  

001-36083  

10.1

October 4, 2019

30, 2019, between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Branch
Banking and Trust Company

10.27.1  Note Modification Agreement, dated September 30, 2019,

8-K  

001-36083  

10.2

October 4, 2019

executed by Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.

10.27.2  Addendum To Promissory Note, dated September 30, 2019,

8-K  

001-36083  

10.3

October 4, 2019

executed by Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.

10.28  Second Amendment to Lease, dated November 11, 2019,
between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and ROIB2
Breckinridge, LLC.

8-K  

001-36083  

10.1

November 18, 2019

10.29  Paycheck Protection Program Loan Promissory Note, dated

8-K  

001-36083  

10.1

April 22, 2020

April 17, 2020, executed by Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.

10.30  Translation of Amendment to the Finance Lease

8-K  

001-36083  

10.1

September 18, 2020

Agreements, dated September 15, 2020, between Prime
World International Holdings Ltd., and Chailease Finance
Co., Ltd.

10.31  Translation of the Credit Facility Agreement, dated October

8-K  

001-36083  

10.1

October 13, 2020

7, 2020, between Prime World International Holdings Ltd.
and Taishin International Bank.

10.31.1  Translation of the Notice of Credit Line Approval, dated

8-K  

001-36083  

10.2

October 13, 2020

August 24, 2020.

10.32  Translation of the Credit Granting Agreement, between
Global Technology Inc. and China Merchants Bank Co.,
Ltd., dated October 19, 2020.

8-K  

001-36083  

10.2

October 22, 2020 

10.33  Translation of the Maximum Loan Contract, between Global

8-K  

001-36083  

10.1

January 11, 2021

Technology, Inc. and China Zheshang Bank Co., Ltd, dated
January 6, 2021.

10.33.1  Translation of the Maximum Mortgage Contract, between

8-K  

001-36083

10.2

January 11, 2021

Global Technology, Inc. and China Zheshang Bank Co., Ltd,
dated January 6, 2021.

10.34  Fifth Amendment to Loan Agreement and Fourth

8-K  

001-36083  

10.1

April 9, 2021

Amendment to Security Agreement, dated April 5, 2021,
between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Truist Bank
(included as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Current Report

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on April 9, 2021).

10.34.1  Note Modification Agreement, dated April 5, 2021, between

8-K  

001-36083  

10.2

April 9, 2021

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Truist Bank.

10.34.1  Addendum to Promissory Note, dated April 5, 2021,

8-K  

001-36083  

10.3

April 9, 2021

between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Truist Bank.

10.35  † 2021 Stock Incentive Plan.

10-Q  

001-36083  

10.4

August 5, 2021

10.35.1 † Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under

10Q  

001-36083  

10.4.1

August 5, 2021

2021 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.35.2 † Form of Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award

10Q  

001-36083  

10.4.2

August 5, 2021

Agreement under 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.36   Sixth Amendment to Loan Agreement and Fifth

8-K  

001-36083  

10.1

January 5, 2022

Amendment to Security Agreement, December 29, 2021,
between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Truist Bank.

10.36.1   Note Modification Agreement, dated December 29, 2021,

8-K  

001-36083  

10.2

January 5, 2022

between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Truist Bank.

10.36.2   Addendum to Promissory Note, dated December 29, 2021,

8-K  

001-36083  

10.3

January 5, 2022

between Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Truist Bank.

23.1* Consent of Grant Thornton LLP

24.1  Power of Attorney (see the signature page in this Annual

Report on Form 10-K).

31.1* Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required Under

Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section
302 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2* Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required Under

Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section
302 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Number 

Exhibit Description 

      Form 

Incorporated By Reference 
      Exhibit 

File No. 

Filing Date 

32.1* Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal

Financial Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-
14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and 18 U.S.C. §1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS 

Inline XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
Document

101.DEF 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
Document

101.LAB 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
Document

101.PRE 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
Document

104  Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL

and contained in Exhibit 101)

*     Filed herewith.
†     Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.
**   Confidential Treatment has been granted for portions of this document.

59

 
    
  
  
     
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 24, 2022.

APPLIED OPTOELECTRONICS, INC.

By:

/s/ CHIH-HSIANG (THOMPSON) LIN
CHIH-HSIANG (THOMPSON) LIN,
President and Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors

February 24, 2022

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin
and Stefan J. Murry, and each of them, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to
sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith,
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may
do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  Form  10-K  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  on  behalf  of  the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Date

/s/ CHIH-HSIANG (THOMPSON) LIN
CHIH-HSIANG (THOMPSON) LIN,
President, Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors
(principal executive officer)

/s/ STEFAN J. MURRY
STEFAN J. MURRY,
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer and
principal accounting officer)

Signature

/s/ WILLIAM H. YEH
WILLIAM H. YEH,
Director

/s/ RICHARD B. BLACK
RICHARD B. BLACK,
Director

/s/ CHE-WEI LIN
CHE-WEI LIN,
Director

/s/ CYNTHIA (CINDY) DELANEY
CYNTHIA (CINDY) DELANEY,
Director

/s/ ELIZABETH LOBOA
ELIZABETH LOBOA,
Director

/s/ MIN-CHU (MIKE) CHEN
MIN-CHU (MIKE) CHEN,
Director

60

February 24, 2022

February 24, 2022

Date

February 24, 2022

February 24, 2022

February 24, 2022

February 24, 2022

February 24, 2022

February 24, 2022

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID Number 248)

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-1

Pages

F-2

F-4

F-5

F-6

F-7

F-8

F-9

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Board of Directors and Shareholders
Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.

Opinion on the financial statements
We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Applied  Optoelectronics  Inc.  (a  Delaware  corporation)  and  subsidiaries  (the
“Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”).
In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020,
and  the  results  of  its  operations  and  its  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2021,  in  conformity  with  accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated February 24, 2022 expressed an unqualified
opinion.

Basis for opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial
statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing
procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to
those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the
financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical audit matters
The  critical  audit  matters  communicated  below  are  matters  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  were  communicated  or
required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that:  (1)  relate  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)
involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion
on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical
audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Inventory Reserve

As described further in Note B to the financial statements, the Company's inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. The Company assesses the
valuation  of  its  inventory  on  a  periodic  basis  and  provides  an  allowance  based  on  several  factors  including  products’  life  span,  historical  changes  in
valuation and write-offs, and management’s estimates of future demand. One significant estimate and assumption that impacts the financial statements is
inventory reserve. We identified the accounting for inventory reserve as a critical audit matter.

The principal considerations for our determination that accounting for inventory reserve is a critical audit matter are the judgments and estimates associated
with  management’s  determination  of  lower  of  cost  or  market  adjustments,  due  to  the  nature  of  the  inputs  and  assumptions  used  in  the  process  and  are
subject to estimation uncertainty and require auditor subjectivity in evaluating reasonableness. Management developed certain percentages that determine
the  extent  of  any  lower  of  cost  or  market  adjustments  based  on  the  age  of  the  inventory.  Such  percentages  were  determined  through  analysis  of  the
inventory  to  determine  each  product's  lifespan,  a  review  historical  write-offs  or  scrapped  inventory,  and  an  assessment  by  product  engineers  of  the
possibility of obsolescence for each product.

Our audit procedures related to the accounting for inventory reserve included the following:

● We assessed the qualifications and competence of management and evaluated the methodologies used to determine the inventory reserve;

● We  tested  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  key  controls  related  to  the  accounting  for  the  inventory  reserve,  including  controls

relating to management’s development of the reserve;

● We obtained the underlying inventory aging report and agreed the balances to the general ledger to test for completeness and recalculated the

unit price and agreed such unit price to inventory details;

● We  obtained  the  underlying  inventory  aging  report  and  agreed  the  balances  to  the  general  ledger  to  test  for  completeness  and  selected

inventory items to re-age; and

● We obtained the underlying inventory aging report and agreed the balances to the general ledger to test for completeness and recalculated the

inventory reserve.

F-2

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Impairment of Long-Lived Asset

As  described  further  in  Note  B  to  the  financial  statements,  the  Company  accounts  for  impairment  of  long-lived  assets  in  accordance  with  ASC  360,
Property, Plant and Equipment, (“ASC 360”). Long-lived assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets and intangible
assets. The Company evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets when it determines a triggering event has occurred, or whenever events or changes
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When indicators exist, recoverability of assets is measured by a
comparison of the carrying value of the asset group to the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If assets are
determined not to be recoverable, the Company performs an analysis of the fair value of the asset group and will recognize an impairment loss when the
fair value is less than the carrying amounts of such assets. The undiscounted future net cash flows, and any subsequent fair value determination, are based
on  assumptions  and  projections  that  require  subjective  judgments.  We  identified  the  long-lived  assets  impairment  assessment  and  testing  as  a  critical
audit matter.

The  principal  consideration  for  our  determination  that  the  accounting  for  impairment  of  long-lived  assets  represents  a  critical  audit  matter  is  the
judgments and assumptions associated with management’s determination of the recoverability of the long-lived assets including any subsequent fair value
assessments.  Auditing  the  undiscounted  future  net  cash  flows  involved  a  high  degree  of  subjectivity,  auditor  judgment  and  audit  effort  in  evaluating
management’s  significant  assumptions  primarily  due  to  the  complexity  of  the  cash  flow  models  used,  as  well  as  the  sensitivity  of  the  underlying
significant  assumptions.  The  Company  used  an  undiscounted  cash  flow  model  to  assess  the  recoverability  of  the  long-lived  assets,  which  included
assumptions  such  as  revenue  growth  rates,  operating  expenses,  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation,  and  amortization  (“EBITDA”)  margins,
capital expenditures asset grouping, forecasting period and future sales values. These significant assumptions are forward looking and could be affected
by future economic and market conditions.

Our audit procedures related to the accounting for impairment of long-lived assets included the following:

● We assessed the qualifications and competence of management and evaluated the methodologies used to determine the fair value of long-

lived assets;

● We tested the design and operating effectiveness of key controls related to the accounting for possible impairment, including controls relating
to management’s development of forecasts for revenue growth rates, operating expenses, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and
amortization (“EBITDA”) margins, capital expenditures asset grouping, forecasting period and future sales values;

● We tested the assumptions, including the testing of underlying source information and the mathematical accuracy of the calculations, used
within the undiscounted cash flow models to estimate the recoverability of long-lived assets, which included assumptions such as revenue
growth rates, operating expenses, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) margins, capital expenditures
asset grouping, forecasting period and future sales values;

● We tested the Company’s ability to forecast future cash flows by reviewing actual results compared to amounts previously forecasted; and

● We tested the sensitivity of the undiscounted cash flows utilized in the recoverability test.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2008.

Houston, Texas
February 24, 2022

F-3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(in thousands) 

December 31,

2021

2020

ASSETS
Current Assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Accounts receivable - trade, net of allowance of $30 and $62, respectively
Notes receivable
Inventories
Prepaid income tax
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net
Land use rights, net
Operating right of use asset
Financing right of use asset
Intangible assets, net
Other assets, net
TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities

Current portion of notes payable and long-term debt
Accounts payable
Bank acceptance payable
Current lease liability - operating
Current lease liability - financing
Accrued liabilities

Total current liabilities

Notes payable and long-term debt, less current portion
Convertible senior notes
Non-current lease liability - operating
Non-current lease liability - financing
TOTAL LIABILITIES

Stockholders' equity:

Preferred Stock; 5,000 shares authorized at $0.001 par value; no shares issued and outstanding at

December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

Common Stock; 45,000 shares authorized at $0.001 par value; 27,323 and 25,110 shares issued and

outstanding at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Accumulated deficit

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

  $

  $

  $

  $

34,656    $
6,480     
47,944     
8,148     
92,516     
1     
4,334     
194,079     
243,035     
5,856     
7,078     
57     
3,836     
518     
454,459    $

49,689    $
34,402     
8,198     
1,062     
19     
15,587     
108,957     
5,000     
78,680     
7,189     
63     
199,889     

27     
381,143     
16,071     
(142,671)    
254,570     
454,459    $

43,425 
6,689 
43,042 
401 
110,397 
2 
5,213 
209,169 
252,984 
5,854 
7,729 
88 
3,999 
982 
480,805 

38,265 
29,482 
15,860 
1,012 
18 
18,511 
103,148 
13,904 
77,854 
7,926 
82 
202,914 

— 

25 
354,685 
11,690 
(88,509)
277,891 
480,805 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
       
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
 
   
     
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
Table of Contents

Revenue, net
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Operating expenses

Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative

Total operating expenses
Loss from operations
Other income (expense)

Interest income
Interest expense
Other income, net

Total other income (expense), net
Loss before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net loss
Net loss per share

Basic
Diluted

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

2021

Year ended December 31,
2020

2019

211,565    $
173,850     
37,715     

41,220     
10,899     
42,362     
94,481     
(56,766)    

70     
(5,620)    
8,156     
2,606     
(54,160)    
(2)    
(54,162)   $

(2.01)   $
(2.01)   $

234,623    $
184,082     
50,541     

43,393     
14,087     
41,903     
99,383     
(48,842)    

255     
(5,635)    
2,998     
(2,382)    
(51,224)    
(7,228)    
(58,452)   $

(2.67)   $
(2.67)   $

190,872 
144,671 
46,201 

43,399 
10,060 
41,489 
94,948 
(48,747)

925 
(5,405)
1,840 
(2,640)
(51,387)
(14,662)
(66,049)

(3.31)
(3.31)

  $

  $

  $
  $

Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share:

Basic
Diluted

26,912,141     
26,912,141     

21,866,630     
21,866,630     

19,982,363 
19,982,363 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
     
       
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
       
 
 
     
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
   
   
 
 
Table of Contents

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 
(in thousands) 

Net loss
Gain/(Loss) on foreign currency translation adjustment
Comprehensive loss

2021

Year ended December 31,
2020

2019

  $

  $

(54,162)   $
4,381     
(49,781)   $

(58,452)   $
11,260     
(47,192)   $

(66,049)
(172)
(66,221)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
  
Table of Contents

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Years ended December 2019, 2020 and 2021
(in thousands) 

Preferred Stock

Common Stock

    Additional    

other

earnings/

    Accumulated     Retained      

  Number      
  of shares     Amount     of shares     Amount    
—     

    Number      

19,810    $

—    $

20    $

paid-in     comprehensive    (Accumulated    Stockholders' 
capital

gain (loss)

deficit)

equity

292,480    $

602    $

35,992    $

329,094 

January 1, 2019
Stock options exercised,
net of shares withheld for
employee tax
Issuance of restricted
stock, net of shares
withheld for employee tax    
Share-based compensation    
Foreign currency
translation adjustment
December 31, 2019
Public offering of
common stock, net
Stock options exercised,
net of shares withheld for
employee tax
Issuance of restricted
stock, net of shares
withheld for employee tax    
Share-based compensation    
Foreign currency
translation adjustment
Net loss
December 31, 2020
Public offering of
common stock, net
Stock options exercised,
net of shares withheld for
employee tax
Issuance of restricted
stock, net of shares
withheld for employee tax    
Share-based compensation    
Foreign currency
translation adjustment
Net loss
December 31, 2021

—     

—     

3     

—     

14     

—     

—     

14 

—     
—     

—     
—    $

—     
—     

—     
—     

327     
—     

—     
—     

(897)    
11,804     

—     
—     

—     
—     

(897)
11,804 

—     
20,140    $

—     
20    $

—     
303,401    $

(172)    
430    $

(66,049)    
(30,057)   $

(66,221)
273,794 

—     

—     

4,470     

4     

39,306     

—     

—     

39,310 

—     

—     

3     

—     

30     

—     

—     

30 

—     
—     

—     
—     
—    $

—     
—     

—     
—     
—     

497     
—     

—     

1     
—     

—     

25,110    $

25    $

(1,098)    
13,046     

—     
—     
354,685    $

—     
—     

—     
—     

(1,097)
13,046 

11,260     

11,690    $

—     
(58,452)    
(88,509)   $

11,260 
(58,452)
277,891 

—     

—     

1,552     

1     

15,288     

—     

—     

15,289 

—     

—     

2     

—     

8     

—     

—     

8 

—     
—     

—     
—     
—    $

—     
—     

—     
—     
—     

659     
—     

1     
—     

(959)    
12,121     

—     
—     

—     
—     

(958)
12,121 

—     
—     
27,323    $

—     
—     
27    $

—     
—     
381,143    $

4,381     
—     
16,071    $

—     
(54,162)    
(142,671)   $

4,381 
(54,162)
254,570 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
     
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
Table of Contents

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(in thousands) 

2021

Year ended December 31,
2020

2019

  $

(54,162)   $

(58,452)   $

(66,049)

Operating activities:

Net loss

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Allowance of bad debt
Lower of cost or market reserve adjustment to inventory
Depreciation and amortization
Amortization of debt issuance costs
Deferred income taxes, net
Loss on disposal of assets
Share-based compensation

Interest for extinguishment of debt

Extinguishment of debt

Unrealized foreign exchange gain (loss)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable, trade
Notes receivable
Prepaid income tax
Inventories
Other current assets
Operating right of use asset
Accounts payable
Accrued income taxes
Accrued liabilities
Lease liability

Net cash used in by operating activities
Investing activities:

Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from disposal of equipment
Deposits and prepaid for equipment
Purchase of intangible assets

Net cash used in investing activities
Financing activities:

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable and long-term debt, net of debt issuance
costs
Principal payments of long-term debt and notes payable
Proceeds from line of credit borrowings
Repayments of line of credit borrowings
Proceeds from bank acceptance payable
Repayments of bank acceptance payable
Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes, net of debt issuance costs
Principal payments of financing lease
Exercise of stock options
Payments of tax withholding on behalf of employees related to share-based
compensation
Proceeds from common stock offering, net

Net cash provided by financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

Net (decrease)/ increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

Cash paid (received) for:

Interest
Income taxes

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

Net change in accounts payable related to property and equipment additions
Net change in deposits and prepaid for equipment related to property and

equipment additions

  $

  $

  $

(32)    
3,889     
25,371     
865     
—     
1     
12,121     
(70)    
(6,229)    
645     

(7,020)    
(7,585)    
1     
15,786     
867     
848     
7,069     
1     
(3,092)    
(918)    
(11,644)    

(7,981)    
114     
(2,222)    
(457)    
(10,546)    

—     
(4,144)    
122,935     
(111,287)    
24,622     
(32,465)    
—     
(18)    
8     

(960)    
15,397     
14,088     
(876)    
(8,978)    
50,115     
41,137    $

32     
3,930     
24,733     
900     
7,348     
15     
13,046     
—     
—     
(1,152)    

(8,421)    
(389)    
188     
(23,674)    
1,220     
407     
(3,347)    
1     
44     
(438)    
(44,009)    

(15,795)    
216     
(3,279)    
(489)    
(19,347)    

6,229     
(5,233)    
95,730     
(96,006)    
39,958     
(31,338)    
(18)    
(17)    
13     

(1,080)    
39,203     
47,441     
(999)    
(16,914)    
67,029     
50,115    $

4,899    $
1     

4,971    $
(364)    

(4,027)   $

(2,326)   $

84     

(64)    

— 
6,774 
24,014 
892 
14,570 
13 
11,804 
— 
— 
(247)

(4,351)
(4)
961 
1,562 
5,514 
847 
3,150 
— 
(308)
(896)
(1,754)

(28,789)
1 
(2,688)
(640)
(32,116)

13,661 
(43,363)
83,434 
(88,299)
13,638 
(11,952)
76,362 
(2)
14 

(897)
— 
42,596 
298 
9,025 
58,004 
67,029 

3,172 
(890)

3,869 

8,801 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
   
     
       
       
 
   
 
 
Table of Contents

Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. and Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE A—ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS

Applied  Optoelectronics,  Inc.  (“AOI”  or  the  “Company”)  was  incorporated  in  the  State  of  Texas  on  February  28,  1997.  In  March  2013,  the
Company converted into a Delaware corporation. The Company is a leading, vertically integrated provider of fiber-optic networking products, primarily for
four  networking  end-markets:  internet  data  center,  CATV,  telecom  and  FTTH.  The  Company  designs  and  manufactures  a  wide  range  of  optical
communications products at varying levels of integration, from components, subassemblies and modules to complete turn-key equipment.

The Company has manufacturing and research and development facilities located in the U.S., Taiwan and China. At its corporate headquarters and
manufacturing facilities in Sugar Land, Texas, the Company primarily manufactures lasers and laser components and performs research and development
activities  for  laser  component  and  optical  module  products.  The  Company  operates  in  Taipei,  Taiwan  and  Ningbo,  China  through  its  wholly-owned
subsidiary  Prime  World  International  Holdings,  Ltd.  (“Prime  World”,  incorporated  in  the  British  Virgin  Islands).  Prime  World  is  the  parent  of  Global
Technology,  Inc.  (“Global”,  incorporated  in  the  People’s  Republic  of  China).   Through  Global,  the  Company  primarily  manufactures  certain  of  its  data
center transceiver products, including subassemblies and transceivers, as well as Cable TV Broadband (“CATV”) systems and equipment, and performs
research and development activities for the CATV products. Prime World also operates a branch in Taiwan, which primarily manufactures transceivers. The
Company also has a research and development center in Duluth, Georgia.

NOTE B—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

1.

Basis of Presentation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Company  and  all  of  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  and  are  prepared  in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). All intercompany balances and transactions have been
eliminated in consolidation.

2.

Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the
amounts reported. Actual results could differ from those estimates in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates
and assumptions that impact these financial statements relate to, among other things, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserve, product warranty
costs, share-based compensation expense, estimated useful lives of property and equipment, and taxes.

3.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency for the Company’s foreign operations is the local currency. The assets and liabilities of these operations are translated at
the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date and sales and expenses are translated at monthly average rates. The resulting gains or losses from
translation are included in a separate component of other comprehensive income. There is no tax effect on the foreign currency translation because it is
management’s intent to reinvest the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries indefinitely. Transaction gains and losses resulting from re-measuring
monetary asset and liability accounts that are denominated in a currency other than a subsidiary’s functional currency are included in net foreign exchange
gain and loss and are included in net income except for those intercompany balances that are long-term investments in nature. The translation gain or losses
from the long-term investment nature of intercompany balances are treated as translation adjustments and included in comprehensive income.

4.

Fair Value

The carrying value of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and note receivable approximate
their historical fair values due to their short-term maturities. The carrying value of the debt approximates its fair value due to the short-term nature of the
debt since it renews frequently at current interest rates. Management believes that the interest rates in effect at each year end represent the current market
rates for similar borrowings.

F- 9

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents

The  fair  value  measurement  standard  defines  fair  value  as  the  price  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  an
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The standard characterizes inputs used in determining fair value according to a
hierarchy that prioritized inputs based on the degree to which they are observable. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1—Inputs represent quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.
These  include  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or  liabilities  in  active  markets  and  quoted  prices  for  identical  or  similar  assets  or  liabilities  in
markets that are not active.

Level 3—Inputs that are not observable from objective sources, such as management’s internally developed assumptions used in pricing

an asset or liability.

Assets and liabilities that are required to be fair valued on a recurring basis include money market funds, marketable securities, equity instruments

and contingent consideration.

Money market funds are valued with Level 1 inputs, using quoted market prices, and are included in cash and cash equivalents on the Company’s

consolidated balance sheets.

5.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  securities  with  an  original  maturity  of  ninety  days  or  less  from  the  date  of  purchase  to  be  cash

equivalents. Cash in foreign accounts was approximately $17.3 million and $10.7 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents at U.S. financial institutions for which the combined account balances in individual institutions
may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance coverage and, as a result, there is a concentration of credit risk related to amounts
on  deposit  in  excess  of  FDIC  insurance  coverage.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  approximately  $23.1  million  of  U.S.  deposits  were  not  covered  by  FDIC
insurance. The Company has not experienced any losses and believes it is not exposed to any significant risk with such accounts.

6.

7.

Restricted Cash/Compensating Balances

Restricted cash includes guarantee deposits for customs duties and compensating balances associated with credit facilities.

Accounts Receivable/Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The  Company  carries  its  accounts  receivable  at  the  net  amount  that  it  estimates  to  be  collectible.  An  allowance  for  uncollectable  accounts  is
maintained  through  a  charge  against  operations.  The  allowance  is  determined  by  management  review  of  outstanding  amounts  per  customer,  historical
payments and the aging of accounts.

8.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

Financial  instruments  which  potentially  subject  the  Company  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk  include  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  accounts

receivable. The Company places all cash and cash equivalents with high-credit quality financial institutions.

The Company performs ongoing credit valuations of its customers’ financial condition whenever deemed necessary and generally does not require
deposits or collateral to support customer receivables. The historical amount of losses on uncollectible accounts has been within the Company’s estimates.
The  Company  generates  much  of  its  revenue  from  a  limited  number  of  customers.  In  2021, 2020  and  2019,  its  top  five  customers  represented  67.0%,
73.3%, and 80.7% of its revenue, respectively. In 2021, ATX, Microsoft and Cisco represented 25.6%, 14.1% and 11.9% of its revenue, respectively. In
2020, Microsoft and Amazon represented 38.3% and 11.5% of its revenue, respectively.  The five largest receivable balances for customers represented an
aggregate of 70.6% and 64.6% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, ATX, Microsoft and
Cisco represented 41.7%, 13.3% and 3.5% of total accounts receivable, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, Microsoft and Amazon represented 20.9%,
and 8.5% of total accounts receivable, respectively. No other customer represented greater than ten percent of revenue in 2021, 2020, or 2019 had greater
than ten percent of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2021 or 2020. 

F- 10

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Table of Contents

9.

Inventories

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  (average-cost  method)  or  market.  Work  in  process  and  finished  goods  includes  materials,  labor  and
allocated overhead. The Company assesses the valuation of its inventory on a periodic basis and provides write-offs for the value of estimated excess and
obsolete inventory based on estimates of future demand.

10.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Company calculates depreciation using the

straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Useful lives (in years)

Buildings
Land improvements
Machinery and equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Computer equipment and software

Leasehold improvements
Transportation equipment

    20 - 42
    10
    2 - 20
    3 - 7
    3 - 10

The shorter of the life of the applicable lease or the useful life of the
improvement

    5

Major improvements are capitalized and expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Construction in progress represents
property,  plant  and  equipment  under  construction  or  being  installed.  Costs  include  original  cost,  installation,  construction  and  other  direct  costs  which
include  interest  on  borrowings  used  to  finance  the  asset.  Construction  in  progress  is  transferred  to  the  appropriate  fixed  asset  account  and  depreciation
commences when the asset has been substantially completed and placed in service.

Land use rights allow the Company rights for 50 years to certain land in Ningbo, China on which the Company built a facility that included office
space, manufacturing operations and employee dormitories. The land use rights are recorded at cost and are amortized on the straight-line basis over the
useful life of the related contract. The land use rights expire on October 7, 2054 and December 28, 2067.

11.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of intellectual property that is stated at cost less accumulated amortization. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had
328 total patents issued. The costs incurred to obtain such patents have been capitalized and are being amortized over an estimated life between 10 and
20  years.  The  Company  periodically  evaluates  its  intangible  assets  to  determine  whether  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  a  patent  or
trademark may not be applicable to the Company’s current products or is no longer in use. If such a determination is made, the intangible asset is impaired
and the remaining value of the patent or trademark will be expensed at that time.

F- 11

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents

12.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company accounts for impairment of long-lived assets in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360, Property, Plant
and Equipment, (“ASC 360”). Long-lived assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets and intangible assets. In accordance
with ASC 360, the Company evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets when it determines a triggering event has occurred, or whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When indicators exist, recoverability of assets is measured
by  a  comparison  of  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset  group  to  the  estimated  undiscounted  future  net  cash  flows  expected  to  be  generated  by  the  asset.
Examples  of  such  triggering  events  include  a  significant  disposal  of  a  portion  of  such  assets,  an  adverse  change  in  the  market  involving  the  business
employing the related asset, a significant decrease in the benefits realized from an acquired business, difficulties or delays in integrating the business, and a
significant change in the operations of an acquired business. If such assets are determined not to be recoverable, the Company performs an analysis of the
fair value of the asset group and will recognize an impairment loss when the fair value is less than the carrying amounts of such assets. The fair value,
based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections, require subjective judgments. Depending on the assumptions and estimates used, the
appraised fair value projected in the evaluation of long-lived assets can vary within a range of outcomes. The Company considers the likelihood of possible
outcomes in determining the best estimate for the fair value of the assets. The Company did not record any asset impairment charges in 2021, 2020 or 2019.

13.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

ASC  220,  Comprehensive  Income,  (“ASC  220”)  establishes  rules  for  reporting  and  display  of  comprehensive  income  and  its  components.
ASC 220 requires that unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s foreign currency translation adjustments be included in comprehensive income (loss).

14.

Share-based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Share-
based compensation expense is recognized based on the grant date fair value in order to recognize compensation cost for those shares expected to vest.
Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the restricted stock units and adjusted as forfeitures occur.

15.

Revenue Recognition

The  Company  derives  revenue  from  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  fiber  optic  networking  products.  Revenue  recognition  follows  the  criteria  of
ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Specifically, the Company recognizes revenue when obligations under the terms of a contract with its
customer are satisfied; generally this occurs with the transfer of control of products or services.

16.

Product Warranty

The Company generally offers a one-year limited warranty for its products but it can extend for longer periods of three to five years for certain
products sold to certain customers. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its basic limited warranty and records a liability for the
amount of such costs at the time when product defects occur. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the historical and anticipated rates
of warranty claims and cost to repair. While the Company believes that its warranty accrual is adequate, the actual warranty costs may exceed the accrual,
in which case the cost of sales will increase in the future. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the amount of accrued warranty was $0.3 million and $0.7
million, respectively. Changes in products warranty were as follows (in thousands):

Beginning Balance, January 1
Warranty costs incurred
Provision for warranty
Ending Balance, December 31

17.

Advertising Costs

2021

Year ended December 31,
2020

2019

  $

  $

703    $
(826)    
386     
263    $

821    $
(457)    
339     
703    $

995 
(1,261)
1,087 
821 

Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred and amounted to approximately $0.1 million, $0.4 million, and $0.5 million for the years

ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

F- 12

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
  
  
Table of Contents

18.

Research and Development

Research  and  development  costs  are  charged  to  operations  as  incurred.  The  Company  receives  reimbursement  for  certain  development  costs,

which offset with expense up to the reimbursable amount.

19.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping  and  handling  costs  are  included  in  operating  expenses  as  fulfillment  costs  unless  we  bill  our  customers  for  shipping  and  handling

charges, which are included in net sales for the applicable period, and the corresponding shipping and handling expense is reported in cost of sales.

20.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes. The liability method is used to account for
deferred income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect
when the differences are expected to reverse. The ability to realize deferred tax assets is evaluated annually and a valuation allowance is provided if it is
unlikely that the deferred tax assets will not give rise to future benefits in the Company’s tax returns.

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) it determines whether it
is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the
more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, it recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate
settlement with the related tax authority.

The  Company  recognizes  interest  and  penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  on  the  income  tax  expense  line  in  the  accompanying

consolidated statement of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included on the related tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheet.

21.

Global Intangible Low-taxed Income Provisions ("GILTI")

One of the base broadening provisions of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“the 2017  Act”)  is  the  global  intangible  low-taxed  income
provisions ("GILTI"). In accordance with guidance issued by the FASB staff, the Company has adopted an accounting policy to treat any GILTI inclusions
as a period cost if and when incurred. Thus, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019, deferred taxes
were  computed  without  consideration  of  the  possible  future  impact  of  the  GILTI  provisions,  and  any  current  year  impact  was  recorded  as  a  part  of  the
current portion of income tax expense.

22.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adopted in 2021

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on
Financial  Reporting”,  which  provides  temporary  optional  expedients  and  exceptions  to  the  GAAP  guidance  on  contract  modifications  and  hedge
accounting to ease the financial reporting burdens related to the expected market transition from the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and other
interbank  offered  rates  to  alternative  reference  rates.  This  ASU  is  effective  beginning  on  March  12,  2020,and  the  Company  may  elect  to  apply  the
amendments prospectively through December 31, 2022.The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2021, with no impact on its consolidated financial
statements. 

In August 2020, the  FASB  issued  ASU  2020-06,  “Debt  -  Debt  with  Conversion  and  Other  Options  (Subtopic  470-20)”  and  “Derivatives  and
Hedging  -  Contracts  in  Entities  Own  Equity”  (Subtopic  815-40). This ASU simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by eliminating two  of  the
three  models  in  ASC  470-20  that  requires  separating  embedded  conversion  features  from  convertible  instruments.  The  Company  adopted  this  ASU  on
January 1, 2021, with no impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In November 2020, the SEC issued a new rule that modernizes and simplifies various aspects and financial disclosure requirements in Regulation
S-K,  specifically  related  to  Item  301  “Selected  Financial  Data”,  Item  302  “Supplementary  Financial  Information”  and  Item  303  “Management’s
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  (“MD&A”).  The  intent  of  this  new  rule  is  to  (i)  eliminate  duplicative
disclosures,  (ii)  enhance  and  promote  more  principles-based  MD&A  disclosures  with  the  objective  of  making  them  more  meaningful  for  investors,  all
while (iii) simplifying the compliance requirements and efforts for registrants, by providing them with the flexibility to present management’s perspective
on the registrant’s financial condition and results of operations. While most of the changes involve reducing or eliminating previously required information
and disclosures, the rule does expand the disclosure requirements surrounding certain aspects of the various items in Regulation S-K discussed above. The
final rule was published in the Federal Register on January 11, 2021, is effective thirty days after its publication date, or February 10, 2021, and registrants
are required to comply with this final rule in the registrant’s first fiscal year ending on or after the date that is 210 days after the publication date. The
Company evaluated this SEC final rule, which was adopted and incorporated in this filing, and it did not have a material impact on this current SEC filing
nor is it expected to have a material impact on future SEC filings.

F- 13

 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Yet to be Adopted 

To  date,  there  have  been  no  recent  accounting  pronouncement  not  yet  effective  that  have  significance,  or  potential  significance,  to  our

Consolidated Financial Statements. 

NOTE C—REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

The Company derives revenue from the manufacture and sale of fiber optic networking products. Revenue is recognized when obligations under
the terms of a contract with its customer are satisfied; generally this occurs with the transfer of control of products or services. Revenue is measured as the
amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring products or providing services. Certain customers may receive cash
and/or non-cash incentives, which are accounted for as variable consideration. To achieve this core principle, the Company applies the following five steps:

1. Identify the contract with a customer 

A contract with a customer exists when (i) the Company enters into an agreement with a customer that defines each party's rights regarding the
products or services to be transferred and identifies the payment terms related to these products or services, (ii) both parties to the contract are committed to
perform  their  respective  obligations,  (iii)  the  contract  has  commercial  substance,  and  (iv)  the  Company  determines  that  collection  of  substantially  all
consideration  for  products  or  services  that  are  transferred  is  probable  based  on  the  customer's  intent  and  ability  to  pay  the  promised  consideration.  The
Company  applies  judgment  in  determining  the  customer's  ability  and  intention  to  pay,  which  is  based  on  a  variety  of  factors  including  the  customer's
payment history or, in the case of a new customer, published credit and financial information pertaining to the customer.

F- 14

 
 
 
 
  
    
  
  
  
Table of Contents

2. Identify the performance obligations in the contract

Performance obligations promised in a contract are identified based on the products or services that will be transferred to the customer that are
both capable of being distinct, whereby the customer can benefit from the product or service either on its own or together with other resources that are
readily available from third parties or from the Company, and are distinct in the context of the contract, whereby the transfer of the products or services is
separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. To the extent a contract includes multiple promised products or services, the Company must
apply judgment to determine whether promised products or services are capable of being distinct and distinct in the context of the contract. If these criteria
are not met, the promised products or services are accounted for as a combined performance obligation. The Company has elected to account for shipping
and handling activities as a fulfillment cost as permitted by the standard.

3. Determine the transaction price

The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which the Company will be entitled in exchange for transferring products or
services  to  the  customer.  To  the  extent  the  transaction  price  is  variable,  revenue  is  recognized  at  an  amount  equal  to  the  consideration  to  which  the
Company expects to be entitled. This estimate includes customer sales incentives which are accounted for as a reduction to revenue and estimated using
either the expected value method or the most likely amount method, depending on the nature of the program. The Company will adjust its consideration for
any rebates if it is more likely than not that the rebate conditions will be met.

4. Allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract

If the contract contains a single performance obligation, the entire transaction price is allocated to the single performance obligation. Contracts
that contain multiple performance obligations require an allocation of the transaction price to each performance obligation based on a relative standalone
selling  price  basis  unless  a  portion  of  the  variable  consideration  related  to  the  contract  is  allocated  entirely  to  a  performance  obligation.  The  Company
determines standalone selling price based on the price at which the performance obligation is sold separately.

5. Recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation 

The Company generally satisfies performance obligations at a point in time. Revenue is recognized based on the transaction price at the time the

related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring a promised product or service to a customer.

Disaggregation of Revenue 

Revenue is classified based on the location of where the product is manufactured. For additional information on the disaggregated revenues by

geographical region, see Note R, "Segments and Geographic Information.”

Revenue is also classified by major product category and is presented below (in thousands):

2021

% of
Revenue

  $

Data Center
CATV
Telecom
FTTH
Other

Total Revenue

  $

97,461     
94,266     
16,247     
957     
2,634     
211,565     

46.1%  $
44.6%   
7.7%   
0.5%   
1.2%   
100.0%  $

Years ended December 31,

% of
Revenue

73.9%  $
16.2%   
9.0%   
0.0%   
0.9%   
100.0%  $

2019

143,562     
37,328     
8,429     
190     
1,363     
190,872     

% of
Revenue

75.2%
19.6%
4.4%
0.1%
0.7%
100.0%

2020

173,437     
37,944     
21,092     
110     
2,040     
234,623     

F- 15

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
Table of Contents

NOTE D— LEASES

The  Company  leases  space  under  non-cancellable  operating  leases  for  manufacturing  facilities,  research  and  development  offices  and  certain
storage facilities and apartments. These leases do not contain contingent rent provisions. The Company also leases certain machinery, office equipment and
a  vehicle  under  operating  leases.  Many  of  its  leases  include  both  lease  (e.g.  fixed  payments  including  rent,  taxes,  and  insurance  costs)  and  non-lease
components (e.g. common-area or other maintenance costs) which are accounted for as a single lease component as the Company has elected the practical
expedient to group lease and non-lease components for all leases. Several of the leases include one or more options to renew which have been assessed and
either  includes  or  excludes  from  the  calculation  of  the  lease  liability  of  the  ROU  asset  based  on  management’s  intentions  and  individual  fact  patterns.
Several warehouses and apartments have non-cancellable lease terms of less than one-year and therefore, the Company has elected the practical expedient
to exclude these short-term leases from its ROU asset and lease liabilities.

As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate, which is the rate incurred to
borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment. Based on the applicable
lease terms and current economic environment, the Company applies a location approach for determining the incremental borrowing rate.

The Components of lease expense were as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

Operating lease expense
Financing lease expense
Short Term lease expense
Total lease expense

Year ended
December 31,
2021

Year ended
December 31,
2020

  $

  $

1,230    $
32     
19     
1,281    $

1,206 
32 
130 
1,368 

Maturities of lease liabilities are as follows for the future one-year periods ending December 31, (in thousands):

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027 and thereafter
Total lease payments
Less imputed interest
Present value

Operating

Financing

  $

  $

  $

1,312    $
1,327     
1,231     
1,257     
1,197     
2,923     
9,247    $
(996)    
8,251    $

22 
66 
— 
— 
— 
— 
88 
(6)
82 

The weighted average remaining lease term and discount rate for operating leases were as follows for the periods indicated:

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term (Years) - operating leases
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term (Years) - financing leases
Weighted Average Discount Rate - operating leases
Weighted Average Discount Rate - financing leases

December 31,
2021

December 31,
2020

7.15     
1.83     
3.22%     
5.00%     

8.09 
2.83 
3.23% 
5.00% 

Supplemental cash flow information related to operating leases was as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities
Operating cash flows from operating leases

Operating cash flows from financing lease
Financing cash flows from financing lease

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

F- 16

Year ended
December 31,
2021

Year ended
December 31,
2020

1,287     
5     
18     
124     

1,351 
5 
17 
712 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTE E—CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the statement of financial position that

sum to the total of the same such amounts in the statement of cash flows (in thousands):

Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the statement of cash flows

December 31,
2021

December 31,
2020

  $

  $

34,656    $
6,480     
41,136    $

43,425 
6,689 
50,114 

Restricted  cash  includes  guarantee  deposits  for  customs  duties,  China  government  subsidy  fund,  and  compensating  balances  associated  with
certain credit facilities. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there was $3.0 million and $4.9 million of restricted cash required for bank acceptance notes
issued to vendors, respectively. There was $2.4 million and $0.5 million certificate of deposit associated with credit facilities with a bank in China as of 
December 31, 2021 and 2020 respectively. There was $1.0 million guarantee deposits for customs duties as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. 

NOTE F—EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic net loss per share has been computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted
net loss per share has been computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock and dilutive potential common shares from options
and  restricted  stock  units  outstanding  during  the  period.  In  periods  with  net  losses,  normally  dilutive  shares  become  anti-dilutive.  Therefore,  basic  and
dilutive earnings per share are the same.

The following table presents the computation of the basic and diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated (in thousands):

Numerator:
Net loss
Denominator:
Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share

Basic
Effect of dilutive options and restricted stock units
Diluted

Net loss per share

Basic
Diluted

2021

Year ended December 31,
2020

2019

  $

(54,162)   $

(58,452)   $

(66,049)

26,912     
—     
26,912     

(2.01)   $
(2.01)   $

21,867     
—     
21,867     

(2.67)   $
(2.67)   $

19,982 
— 
19,982 

(3.31)
(3.31)

  $
  $

The  following  potentially  dilutive  securities  were  excluded  from  diluted  net  loss  per  share  as  their  effect  would  have  been  antidilutive  (in

thousands):

Employee stock options
Restricted stock units
Shares for convertible senior notes
Total antidilutive shares

F- 17

As of December 31,

2021

2020

3     
3     
4,587     
4,593     

19 
5 
4,587 
4,611 

 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
     
       
       
 
   
   
   
     
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents

NOTE G—INVENTORIES

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

Raw materials
Work in process and sub-assemblies
Finished goods
Total inventory

As of December 31,

2021

2020

29,469    $
41,528     
21,519     
92,516    $

25,555 
52,544 
32,298 
110,397 

  $

  $

For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the lower of cost or market reserve adjustment expensed for inventory was $3.9 million,
$3.9 million, and $6.8 million, respectively. For the years December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the direct inventory write-offs related to scrap, discontinued
products, and damaged inventories were $16.8 million, $20.4 million, and $13.4 million, respectively.

NOTE H—PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following for the periods indicated (in thousands):

Land improvements
Building and improvements
Machinery and equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Computer equipment and software
Transportation equipment

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

Construction in progress
Land
Total property, plant and equipment, net

  December 31, 2021   
  $

December 31,
2020

806 
88,280 
253,738 
5,540 
11,912 
699 
360,975 
(142,434)
218,541 
33,342 
1,101 
252,984 

806    $
89,698     
266,386     
5,658     
12,727     
726     
376,001     
(167,772)    
208,229     
33,705     
1,101     
243,035    $

  $

For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, depreciation expense of property, plant and equipment was $24.8 million, $24.2 million,
and $23.5 million, respectively. For the years  December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the capitalized interest was $0.9 million, $0.4 million, and $0.2 million,
respectively. 

As of December 31, 2021, the Company concluded that its continued loss history constitutes a triggering event as described in ASC 360-10-35-21,
Property, Plant, and Equipment.    The  Company  performed  a  recoverability  test  and  concluded  that  future  undiscounted  cash  flows  exceed  the  carrying
amount of the Company’s long-lived assets and therefore no impairment charge was recorded. 

F- 18

 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTE I—INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consisted of the following for the periods indicated (in thousands):

Patents
Trademarks
Total intangible assets

Patents
Trademarks
Total intangible assets

Gross
Amount

December 31, 2021
Accumulated
amortization

Intangible
assets, net

8,597    $
35     
8,632    $

(4,779)   $
(17)   $
(4,796)   $

3,818 
18 
3,836 

Gross
Amount

December 31, 2020
Accumulated
amortization

Intangible
assets, net

8,158    $
21     
8,179    $

(4,165)   $
(15)    
(4,180)   $

3,993 
6 
3,999 

  $

  $

  $

  $

For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020  and  2019,  amortization  expense  for  intangible  assets,  included  in  general  and  administrative
expenses on the income statement, was $0.5 million each year. The remaining weighted average amortization period for intangible assets is approximately
six years.

At December 31, 2021, future amortization expense for intangible assets is estimated to be (in thousands):

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
thereafter

  $

  $

584 
584 
584 
584 
584 
916 
3,836 

NOTE J—FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31,

2021 (in thousands):

Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Note receivable

Total assets
Liabilities:

Bank acceptance payable
Convertible senior notes

Total liabilities

  Quoted prices    
in active
  markets for    
identical
assets (Level
1)

Significant
other

observable    
remaining     unobservable      

Significant

inputs (Level
2)

inputs (Level
3)

Total

34,656    $
6,480     
—     
41,136    $

—    $
—     
—    $

—    $
—     
8,148     
8,148    $

8,198     
67,588     
75,786    $

—    $
—     
—     
—    $

—    $
—     
—    $

34,656 
6,480 
8,148 
49,284 

8,198 
67,588 
75,786 

  $

  $

  $

F- 19

 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
  
  
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
     
       
       
       
 
   
   
     
       
       
       
 
   
   
 
Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of  December 31,

2020 (in thousands):

Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Note receivable

Total assets
Liabilities:

Bank acceptance payable

Convertible senior notes
Total liabilities

  Quoted prices    
in active
  markets for    
identical
assets (Level
1)

Significant
other

observable    
remaining     unobservable      

Significant

inputs (Level
2)

inputs (Level
3)

Total

  $

  $

  $

43,425    $
6,689     
—     
50,114    $

—    $
—     
401     
401    $

—    $
—     
—    $

15,860     
70,225     
86,085    $

—    $
—     
—     
—    $

—    $
—     
—    $

43,425 
6,689 
401 
50,515 

15,860 
70,225 
86,085 

NOTE K—NOTES PAYABLE AND LONG-TERM DEBT

Notes payable and long-term debt consisted of the following for the periods indicated (in thousands):

Revolving line of credit with a U.S. bank up to $20,000 with interest at LIBOR plus 1.5% , maturing April 2,
2021
Revolving line of credit with a U.S. bank up to $20,000 with interest at SOFR plus 1.56% , maturing April
15, 2023
Paycheck Protection Program Term Note with interest at fixed rate 1.0%, maturing April 16, 2022
Revolving line of credit with a Taiwan bank up to $3,436 with 2.2% interest, maturing January 31, 2021
Notes payable to a finance company due in monthly installments with 3.5% interest, maturing January 21,
2022
Notes payable to a finance company due in monthly installments with 3.1% interest, maturing January 21,
2022
Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $8,917 with interest ranging from 4.5%, maturing October
15, 2021
Revolving line of credit with a China bank up to $25,449 with interest from 3.01% to 4.57%, maturing May
24, 2024
Credit facility with a China bank up to $14,125 with interest of 3.5%, maturing January 1, 2024
Credit facility with a China bank up to $7,167 with interest of 5.7%, maturing from June 20, 2022
Sub-total
Less debt issuance costs, net
Grand total
Less current portion
Non-current portion

Bank Acceptance Notes Payable
Bank acceptance notes issued to vendors with a zero percent interest rate

  $

  $

  $

December 31,
2021

December 31,
2020

—    $

18,700 

14,373     
—     
—     

—     

170     

—     

19,595     
13,044     
7,529     
54,711     
(22)    
54,689     
(49,689)    
5,000    $

— 
6,229 
1,756 

1,941 

2,149 

2,299 

11,603 
— 
7,510 
52,187 
(18)
52,169 
(38,265)
13,904 

8,198    $

15,860 

The current portion of long-term debt is the amount payable within one year of the balance sheet date of December 31, 2021.

F- 20

 
  
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
   
 
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
 
     
       
 
 
  
Table of Contents

Maturities of notes payable and long-term debt are as follows for the future years ending December 31 (in thousands):

2022
2023
Total outstanding

  $

  $

49,689 
5,000 
54,689 

On  September 28, 2017, the Company entered into a Loan Agreement (“Loan Agreement”), a Promissory Note, an Addendum to the Promissory
Note, a Security Agreement, a Trademark Security Agreement, and a Patent Security Agreement (together the “Credit Facility”) with Truist Bank (which
acquired Branch Banking and Trust Company or BB&T in connection with a merger in  December 2019). The Company’s obligations under the Credit
Facility are secured by the Company’s accounts receivable, inventory, intellectual property, and all business assets with the exception of real estate and
equipment.

On  September 30, 2019, the Company executed a Fourth Amendment to Loan Agreement (the “Fourth Amendment”) with Truist Bank. Under
the terms of the Fourth Amendment (i) the maximum commitment under the line of credit was reduced from $25,000,000 to $20,000,000; (ii) the maturity
date  of  the  line  of  credit  was  extended  to    April  2,  2021;  (iii)  pricing  of  the  unused  line  fee  was  adjusted  to  0.30%  per  annum;  and  (iv)  the  Fourth
Amendment established the requirement that if, at any time during any reporting period and pursuant to the most recent loan base report received by Truist
Bank,  the  principal  balance  outstanding  under  the  line  of  credit  exceeds  the  lesser  of  the  approved  maximum  amount  of  the  line  of  credit  commitment
amount or the collateral loan value reduced by the reserves, the Company shall immediately prepay the line of credit to the extent necessary to eliminate
such excess. Such reserves shall, at any time that the fixed charge coverage ratio for the loan is less than 1.5 to 1.0, tested for the period of twelve months
ended on the applicable covenant measurement date, equal to an amount equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of the lesser of the line of credit commitment
amount or collateral loan value reduced by the sum of (i) the principal balance outstanding under the line of credit, (ii) the letter of credit exposure reserve,
and (iii) the availability reserve as determined by Truist Bank from the most recent loan base report and otherwise in the sole discretion of Truist Bank after
consideration of collections.

On  April 5, 2021, the Company executed a Fifth Amendment to the Loan Agreement (the "Fifth Amendment") and a Fourth Amendment to a
Security Agreement, a Note Modification Agreement, and an Addendum to a Promissory Note (together with the Fifth Amendment, the “Fifth Amended
Credit  Facility”)  with  Truist  Bank.  The  Amended  Credit  Facility  renews  the  $20  million  line  of  credit  with  Truist  Bank  originally  entered  into  on 
September 28, 2017. Under  the  terms  of  the  Fifth  Amended  Credit  Facility,  the  maturity  date  of  the  line  of  credit  is  extended  from      April  2,  2021  to 
October 15, 2022. Borrowings will bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.5%, with a LIBOR floor of 0.75%.

On December 29, 2021, the Company executed a Sixth Amendment to the Loan Agreement (the "Sixth Amendment") and a Fifth Amendment to
Security Agreement, a Note Modification Agreement, and an Addendum to Promissory Note (together the "Sixth Amended Credit Facility") with Truist
Bank.  The  Sixth  Amended  Credit  Facility  extends  the  $20  million  line  of  credit,  originally  entered  into  on  September  28,  2017,  until  April  15,  2023.
Borrowings will bear interest at a rate equal to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) plus 1.56%, with a SOFR floor of 0.75%. As of December
31, 2021, the Company had $14.4 million outstanding and was in compliance with all covenants under the Sixth Amended Credit Facility.

On  April 17, 2020, the Company entered into a term note ("PPP Term Note") with Truist Bank, with a principal amount of $6.23 million pursuant
to  the  Paycheck  Protection  Program  (“PPP”)  under  the  Coronavirus  Aid,  Relief,  and  Economic  Security  Act  (the  “CARES  Act”).  The  PPP  loan  is
evidenced by a promissory note. The PPP Term Note bears interest at a fixed annual rate of 1.00%, with the first six months of interest deferred. Beginning
in  November 2020, the Company is required to make 18 equal monthly payments of principal and interest with the final payment due in  April 2022. The
PPP Term Note  may be accelerated upon the occurrence of an event of default. The PPP Term Note is unsecured and guaranteed by the United States
Small Business Administration ("SBA"). On  June 14, 2021, the Company received notification from Truist Bank that the SBA approved the Company's
application for forgiveness of the entire principal amount of the PPP Term Note, plus all accrued interest. The forgiveness of the PPP Term Note has been
recognized as other income for the year ended  December 31, 2021.

F- 21

 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

On  September 15, 2020, Prime World entered into an Amendment to the Finance Lease Agreements dated  November 29, 2018 and  January 21,
2019 (the “Amendment”) with Chailease Finance Co., Ltd. (“Chailease”). The Amendment amends the Finance Lease Agreements, dated  November 29,
2018 and  January 21, 2019 (hereafter collectively referred to as the “Original Finance Agreements”). Pursuant to the Amendment, Prime World agrees to
pay  Chailease  NT$22,311,381,  or  approximately  $0.8  million  for  certain  leased  equipment  listed  in  the  Amendment  (the  “Leased  Equipment”).  This
payment will include all outstanding lease payments, costs and expenses; simultaneously, Chailease agrees to transfer title of such Leased Equipment back
to Prime World. Regarding all other equipment contemplated in the Original Finance Agreements but not listed in the Amendment, pursuant to the terms
and  conditions  made  under  the  Original  Finance  Agreements,  Prime  World  is  obligated  to  pay  Chailease  monthly  lease  payments  which
total NT$159,027,448, or approximately $5.5 million (the “Lease Payments”). The Lease Payments will begin on  September 21, 2020 with the last lease
payment due on  January 21, 2022, title of all other equipment contemplated under the Original Finance Agreements but not listed in the Amendment will
transfer  to  Prime  World  upon  completion  of  the  lease  payments  and  expiration  of  the  Original  Finance  Agreements.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  the
Company  has  fully  repaid  the    November  29,  2018  Finance  Lease  Agreement,  and  the  Company  had  $0.2  million  outstanding  under  the    January  21,
2019 Finance Lease Agreement.

On      October  7,  2020,  Prime  World  entered  into  a  revolving  credit  facility  totaling  NT$100  million,  or  approximately    $3.44  million
(the  “NT$100M  Credit  Line”)  and  a  $1  million  USD  credit  line  (the  “US$1M  Credit  Line”)  with  Taishin  International  Bank  in  Taiwan  ("Taishin").
Borrowing under the NT$100M Credit Line will be used for short-term working capital; borrowing under the US$1M Credit Line will be strictly used for
spot transactions in the foreign exchange market. The NT$100M Credit Line and the US$1M Credit Line are collectively referred to as the “Taishin Credit
Facility”. On  January 14, 2021, the NT$100M Credit Line with Taishin was extended for three (3) months until  April 14, 2021. Prime World  may draw
upon  the  Taishin  Credit  Facility  from    October  7,  2020  through    April  14,  2021.  The  term  of  each  draw  under  the  NT$100M  Credit  Line  shall  be
either 90 or 120 days and will bear interest at a rate of  2.15% for each draw; borrowings under the US$1M Credit Line will bear interest equal to Taishin’s
foreign exchange rate effective on the day of the applicable draw. At the end of the draw term Prime World will make payment for all principal and accrued
interest.  Prime  World’s  obligations  under  the  Taishin  Credit  Facility  will  be  secured  by  a  promissory  note  between  Prime  World  and  Taishin.  As  of
December 31, 2021, the Company has fully repaid the Taishin Credit Facility. 

On  April  19,  2019,  the  Company’s  China  subsidiary,  Global,  entered  into  a  twelve  (12)  month  revolving  line  of  credit  agreement,  totaling
60,000,000 RMB, or approximately $8.9 million, (the “China Merchants Credit Line”), with China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd., in Ningbo, China (“China
Merchants”). The China Merchants Credit Line will be used by Global for general corporate purposes, including the issuance of bank acceptance notes to
Global’s vendors. On April 14, 2020, the China Merchants Credit Line was extended for twelve (12) months. Global may draw upon the China Merchants
Credit  Line  from  April  19,  2019  until October  14,  2020  (the  “Credit  Period”).  During  the  Credit  Period,  Global  may request  to  draw  upon  the  China
Merchants Credit Line on an as-needed basis; however, the amount of available credit under the China Merchants Credit Line and the approval of each
draw  may  be  reduced  or  declined  by  China  Merchants  due  to  changes  in  Chinese  government  regulations  and/or  changes  in  Global’s  financial  and
operational condition at the time of each requested draw. Each draw will bear interest equal to China Merchants’ commercial banking interest rate effective
on the day of the applicable draw. Global’s obligations under the China Merchants Credit Line are unsecured. The China Merchants Credit Line has been
replaced by the Replacement China Merchants Credit Line on October 19, 2020.

F- 22

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

On May 24, 2019, the Company’s China subsidiary, Global, entered into a five-year revolving credit line agreement, totaling 180,000,000 RMB
(the “SPD Credit Line”), or approximately $25.4 million, and a mortgage security agreement, with Shanghai Pudong Development Bank Co., Ltd ("SPD").
Borrowing under the SPD Credit Line will be used for general corporate and capital investment purposes, including the issuance of bank acceptance notes
to Global’s vendors. The total SPD Credit Line of 180 million RMB is inclusive of all credit facilities previously entered into with SPD including: a 30
million RMB credit facility entered into on May 7, 2019; and a 9.9 million RMB credit facility entered into on April 30, 2019. Global may draw upon the
SPD Credit Line on an as-needed basis at any time during the 5-year term; however, draws under the SPD Credit Line may become due and repayable to
SPD at SPD’s discretion due to changes in Chinese government regulations and/or changes in Global’s financial and operational condition. Each draw will
bear interest equal to SPD’s commercial banking interest rate effective on the day of the applicable draw. Global’s obligations under the SPD Credit Line
will be secured by real property owned by Global and mortgaged to the Bank under the terms of the mortgage security agreement. As of December 31,
2021, $19.6 million was outstanding under the SPD Credit Line and the outstanding balance of bank acceptance notes issued to vendors was $5.4 million.

On    June  21,  2019,  the  Company’s  China  subsidiary,  Global,  entered  into  an  18  month  credit  facility  totaling  100,000,000  RMB
(the “¥100M Credit Facility”), or approximately $14.1 million, with China Zheshang Bank Co., Ltd., in Ningbo City, China (“CZB”). Borrowing under
the ¥100M Credit Facility will be used by Global for general corporate purposes. On  January 6, 2021, the ¥100M Credit Facility with CZB was extended
for three (3 ) years until  January 5, 2024. Global  may draw upon the ¥100M Credit Facility from  June 21, 2019 until  January 5, 2024 (the “¥100M Credit
Period”). During the ¥100M Credit Period, Global  may request  to  draw  upon  the  ¥100M  Credit  Facility  on  an  as-needed  basis;  however,  draws  under
the ¥100M Credit Facility  may become due and repayable to CZB at CZB’s discretion due to changes in Chinese government regulations and/or changes
in Global’s financial and operational condition. Each draw will bear interest equal to CZB’s commercial banking interest rate effective on the day of the
applicable draw. Global’s obligations under the ¥100M Credit Facility will be secured by real property owned by Global and mortgaged to CZB under the
terms of the Real Estate Security Agreement. The agreements for the ¥100M Credit Facility and the Real Estate Security Agreement also contain rights and
obligations,  representations  and  warranties,  and  events  of  default  applicable  to  the  Company  that  are  customary  for  agreements  of  this  type.  As  of
December  31,  2021,  $13.0  million  was  outstanding  under  the  ¥100M  Credit  Facility  and  the  outstanding  balance  of  bank  acceptance  notes  issued  to
vendors was $2.7 million.

On  June 21, 2019, the Company’s China subsidiary, Global, entered into a three-year credit facility totaling 50,000,000 RMB (the “¥50M Credit
Facility”),  or  approximately  $7.1  million,  with  CZB.  Borrowing  under  the  ¥50M  Credit  Facility  will  be  used  by  Global  for  general  corporate
purposes. Global  may draw upon the ¥50M Credit Facility from  June 21, 2019 until  June 20, 2022 (the “¥50M Credit Period”). During the ¥50M Credit
Period, Global  may request to draw upon the ¥50M Credit Facility on an as-needed basis; however, draws under the ¥50M Credit Facility  may become
due  and  repayable  to  CZB  at  CZB’s  discretion  due  to  changes  in  Chinese  government  regulations  and/or  changes  in  Global’s  financial  and  operational
condition. Each draw will bear interest equal to CZB’s commercial banking interest rate effective on the day of the applicable draw. Global’s obligations
under the ¥50M Credit Facility will be secured by machinery and equipment owned by Global and mortgaged to CZB under the terms of the Machinery
and Equipment Security Agreement.  As of December 31, 2021, $7.5 million was outstanding under the ¥50M Credit Facility. 

On      October  19,  2020,  the  Company’s  China  subsidiary,  Global  entered  into  a  new  twelve  (12)  month  revolving  line  of  credit  agreement,
totaling 60,000,000 RMB, or approximately $8.9 million (the “Replacement China Merchants Credit Line”), with China Merchants, to replace the original
China Merchants Credit Line. The Replacement China Merchants Credit Line will be used by Global for general corporate purposes. Global  may draw
upon  the  Replacement  China  Merchants  Credit  Line  during  the  period  from    October  16,  2020  until    October  15,  2021.  During  such  period,  Global 
may  request  to  draw  upon  the  Replacement  China  Merchants  Credit  Line  on  an  as-needed  basis;  however,  the  amount  of  available  credit  under  the
Replacement China Merchants Credit Line and the approval of each draw  may be  reduced  or  declined  by  China  Merchants  due  to  changes  in  Chinese
government  regulations  and/or  changes  in  Global’s  financial  and  operational  condition  at  the  time  of  each  requested  draw.  Each  draw  will  bear  interest
equal to the China Merchants’ commercial banking interest rate effective on the day of the applicable draw. Global’s obligations under the Replacement
China Merchants Credit Line is unsecured. As of December 31, 2021, there was no outstanding amount under the Replacement China Merchants Credit
Line and the outstanding balance of bank acceptance notes issued to vendors was $0.1 million.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $7.4 million and $28.7 million of unused borrowing capacity, respectively.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there was each $5.4 million restricted cash, investments or security deposit associated mainly with the loan

facilities, respectively.

F- 23

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Table of Contents

NOTE L—CONVERTIBLE SENIOR NOTES

On March 5, 2019, the Company issued $80.5 million of 5% convertible senior notes due 2024 (the “Notes”). The Notes were issued pursuant to
an indenture, dated as of March 5, 2019 (the “Indenture”), between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, paying agent, and
conversion  agent  (the  “Trustee”).  The  Notes  bear  interest  at  a  rate  of  5.00%  per  year,  payable  in  cash  semi-annually  in  arrears  on  March  15  and
September  15  of  each  year,  beginning  on  September  15,  2019.  The  Notes  will  mature  on  March  15,  2024,  unless  earlier  repurchased,  redeemed  or
converted in accordance with their terms.

The sale of the Notes generated net proceeds of $76.4 million, after deducting the Initial Purchasers’ discounts and offering expenses payable by
the Company. The Company used approximately $37.8 million of the net proceeds from the offering to fully repay the CapEx Loan and Term Loan with
BB&T and the remainder will be used for general corporate purposes.

The following table presents the carrying value of the Notes for the periods indicated (in thousands):

Principal
Unamortized debt issuance costs
Net carrying amount

December 31,
2021

  $

  $

80,500 
(1,820)
78,680 

The Notes are convertible at the option of holders of the Notes at any time until the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately
preceding the maturity date. Upon conversion, holders of the Notes will receive shares of the Company’s common stock, together, if applicable, with cash
in lieu of any fractional share, at the then-applicable conversion rate. The initial conversion rate is 56.9801 shares of the Company’s common stock per
$1,000 principal amount of Notes (representing an initial conversion price of approximately $17.55 per share of common stock, which represents an initial
conversion premium of approximately 30% above the closing price of $13.50 per share of the Company’s common stock on February 28, 2019), subject to
customary adjustments. If a make-whole fundamental change (as defined in the Indenture) occurs, and in connection with certain other conversions before
March 15, 2022, the Company will in certain circumstances increase the conversion rate for a specified period of time.

Initially there are no guarantors of the Notes, but the Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior, unsecured basis by certain of
the Company’s future domestic subsidiaries.  The Notes are the Company’s senior, unsecured obligations and are equal in right of payment with existing
and future senior, unsecured indebtedness, senior in right of payment to the Company’s existing and future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated to
the Notes and effectively subordinated to the Company’s existing and future secured indebtedness, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing that
indebtedness.  The Note Guarantee (as defined in the Indenture) of each future guarantor, if any, will be such guarantor’s senior, unsecured obligations and
are equal in right of payment with existing and future senior, unsecured indebtedness, senior in right of payment to such future guarantor’s existing and
future  indebtedness  that  is  expressly  subordinated  to  the  Notes  and  effectively  subordinated  to  such  future  guarantor’s  existing  and  future  secured
indebtedness, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing that indebtedness.

Holders may require the Company to repurchase their Notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined in the Indenture) at a cash

purchase price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

The Company may not redeem the Notes prior to March 15, 2022.  On or after March 15, 2022, the Company may redeem for cash all or part of
the Notes if the last reported sale price per share of the Company’s common stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price on (i) each of at least 20 trading
days,  whether  or  not  consecutive,  during  the  30  consecutive  trading  days  ending  on,  and  including,  the  trading  day  immediately  before  the  date  the
Company  sends  the  related  redemption  notice;  and  (ii)  the  trading  day  immediately  before  the  date  the  Company  sends  such  redemption  notice.    The
redemption price is equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption
date.    In  addition,  calling  any  Note  for  redemption  will  constitute  a  “make-whole  fundamental  change”  with  respect  to  that  Note,  in  which  case  the
conversion rate applicable to the conversion of that Note will be increased in certain circumstances if it is converted after it is called for redemption.

The Indenture contains covenants that limit the Company’s ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) incur or guarantee

additional indebtedness or issue disqualified stock; and (ii) create or incur liens.

Pursuant to the guidance in ASC 815-40, Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity, the Company evaluated whether the conversion feature of the note
needed to be bifurcated from the host instrument as a freestanding financial instrument. Under ASC 815-40, to qualify for equity classification (or non-
bifurcation, if embedded) the instrument (or embedded feature) must be both (1) indexed to the issuer’s own stock and (2) meet the requirements of the
equity classification guidance. Based upon the Company’s analysis, it was determined the conversion option is indexed to its own stock and also met all the
criteria for equity classification contained in ASC 815-40-25-7 and 815-40-25-10. Accordingly, the conversion option is not required to be bifurcated from
the host instrument as a freestanding financial instrument. Since the conversion feature meets the equity scope exception from derivative accounting, the
Company  then  evaluated  whether  the  conversion  feature  needed  to  be  separately  accounted  for  as  an  equity  component  under  ASC  470-20, Debt  with
Conversion and Other Options.  The Company determined that notes should be accounted for in their entirety as a liability.

The Company incurred approximately $4.1 million in transaction costs in connection with the issuance of the Notes. These costs were recognized

as a reduction of the carrying amount of the Notes utilizing the effective interest method and are being amortized over the term of the notes.

F- 24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The following table sets forth interest expense information related to the Notes (in thousands):

Contractual interest expense
Amortization of debt issuance costs
Total interest cost
Effective interest rate

  $

  $

NOTE M—ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following for the periods indicated (in thousands):

Accrued payroll
Accrued employee benefits
Accrued state and local taxes
Accrued interest
Advance payments
Accrued product warranty
Accrued commission expenses
Accrued professional fees
Accrued shipping and tariff expenses
Accrued other
Total accrued liabilities

Year ended December 31,
2020
2021

  $

4,025 
826 
4,851 

  $
5.1%   

4,025 
831 
4,856 

5.1%

  December 31, 2021   
  $

December 31,
2020

6,516    $
3,471     
1,897     
1,475     
195     
263     
1,003     
346     
33     
388     
15,587    $

  $

NOTE N—OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE

Other income and expense consisted of the following for the periods indicated (in thousands):

Foreign exchange transaction gain
Government subsidy income
Other non-operating gain
Loan forgiveness
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets
Total other income, net

NOTE O—INCOME TAXES

2021

Year ended December 31,
2020

2019

  $

  $

454    $
1,345     
129     
6,229     
(1)    
8,156    $

1    $
2,708     
304     
—     
(15)    
2,998    $

The sources of the Company’s loss from operations before income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

Domestic
Foreign
Total loss before income taxes

2021

Years ended December 31,
2020

2019

  $

  $

(21,229)   $
(32,931)    
(54,160)   $

(20,288)    
(30,936)    
(51,224)    

(35,279)
(16,108)
(51,387)

F- 25

10,517 
3,057 
251 
1,256 
303 
703 
974 
377 
526 
547 
18,511 

20 
1,614 
219 
— 
(13)
1,840 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
Table of Contents

The provision for income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, was as follows (in thousands):

Current:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total
Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total

Income tax (benefit) expense

2021

2020

2019

—    $
2     
—     
2    $

—    $
—     
—     
—    $

2    $

41    $
2     
—     
43    $

(172)   $
—     
7,357     
7,185    $

7,228    $

— 
16 
97 
113 

16,375 
1,716 
(3,542)
14,549 

14,662 

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities result principally from net operating losses, different methods of recognizing depreciation, reserves for
doubtful accounts and inventory, research and development credits and foreign tax credits. At December 31, the net deferred tax assets and liabilities are
comprised of the following approximate amounts (in thousands):

NOL carryforward
Inventory reserves
Unrealized gains and losses
Share-based compensation
Foreign tax credit
Research and development credits
Interest
ASC 842 Assets
Other
Deferred tax assets
Less valuation allowance
Deferred tax assets, net
Depreciation and amortization
ASC 842 Liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax assets, net

2021

2020

44,448    $
2,872     
69     
645     
4,599     
9,879     
2,840     
1,740     
728     
67,820     
(57,721)    
10,099     
(8,600)    
(1,499)    
(10,099)    
—    $

31,526 
2,241 
59 
618 
4,599 
9,008 
1,784 
1,671 
784 
52,290 
(43,462)
8,828 
(7,402)
(1,426)
(8,828)
— 

  $

  $

The Company has a U.S. net operating loss carry forward of approximately $104.8 million, $32.7 million of which, if unused, expires between
2026 and 2032 and $72.1 million of which, can be carried forward indefinitely. The Company has U.S. and state research and development tax credits of
$9.9 million, which, if unused, expire between 2028 and 2041. In addition, the Company has foreign tax credits of $4.6 million, which, if unused, will
expire  in  2028.  Utilization  of  U.S.  net  operating  losses  and  tax  credit  carry  forwards  are  subject  to  an  annual  limitation  due  to  the  ownership  change
limitations  set  forth  in  Internal  Revenue  Code  Section  382. As  of  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  had  Taiwan  net  operating  loss  carry  forwards  of
approximately  $71.5  million  and  China  net  operating  loss  carry  forwards  of  approximately  $48.1  million.    The  carryforward  period  for  the  Taiwan  net
operating loss carry forwards is ten years, and the expiration period begins 2028.  The carryforward period for China net operating loss carry forwards is
five years, and the expiration period begins 2024.

Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit
use of the existing deferred tax assets. A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative loss incurred over the three-year
period  ended  December  31,  2021.  Such  objective  evidence  limits  the  ability  to  consider  other  subjective  evidence,  such  as  our  projections  for  future
growth.

On  the  basis  of  this  evaluation,  as  of  December  31,  2021  and  December  31,  2020,  a  valuation  allowance  of  $57.7  million  and  $43.5  million,
respectively, has been recorded to recognize only the portion of the deferred tax asset that is more likely than not to be realized. During the years ended
December 31, 2021 and 2020, the valuation allowance increased by $14.3 million and $17.7 million, respectively, primarily due to an increase in deferred
tax  assets  with  a  full  valuation  allowance  and  recording  a  valuation  allowance  in  certain  jurisdictions. The  amount  of  the  deferred  tax  asset  considered
realizable, however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced or increased or if objective negative
evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present and additional weight is given to subjective evidence such as our projections for growth.

F- 26

 
  
 
   
   
 
   
   
     
       
       
 
   
   
 
     
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The following table shows the change in the deferred tax valuation as follows:

Beginning Balance, January 1
Change charged to expense/(income)
Change charged to currency translation adjustment
Ending Balance, December 31

  $

  $

2021

2020

2019

43,462    $
13,822     
437     
57,721    $

25,736    $
17,137     
589     
43,462    $

— 
25,736 
— 
25,736 

A  reconciliation  of  the  U.S.  federal  income  tax  rate  of  21%  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020  and  2019,  respectively,  to  the

Company’s effective income tax rate follows (in thousands):

Expected taxes at statutory rate
PPP loan forgiveness
Non-deductible/non-taxable items
Foreign rate differences
Foreign permanent differences
Changes in valuation allowance
Share-based compensation
Research and development credits
Alternative Minimum Tax
Foreign other
Other, net
Tax (benefit) expense

  $

  $

2021

2020

2019

(11,374)   $
(1,308)    
897     
107     
(1,320)    
13,822     
468     
(872)    
—     
—     
(418)    
2    $

(10,775)   $
—     
1,132     
1,153     
(1,002)    
17,137     
426     
(744)    
(172)    
12     
61     
7,228    $

(10,791)
— 
962 
590 
(671)
25,736 
607 
(1,616)
— 
27 
(182)
14,662 

The Company's provision for income taxes in 2021 was lower than 2020 primarily due to the change of the valuation allowance on the deferred

tax assets.

The Company's provision for income taxes in 2020 was lower than 2019 due to the recognition of a valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets,
along with excess tax expense from stock-based compensation, partially offset by differences in pre-tax income and recording research and development
credits.

The Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Prime World is a tax-exempt entity under the Income Tax Code of the British Virgin Islands.

The  Company’s  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Global  Technology,  Inc.,  has  enjoyed  preferential  tax  concessions  in  China  as  a  national  high-tech
enterprise. In March 2007, China’s parliament enacted the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT Law, under which, effective January 1, 2008, China
adopted a uniform income tax rate of 25% for all enterprises including foreign invested enterprises. Global Technology, Inc. was recognized as a National
high-tech enterprise in 2008 and was entitled to a 15% tax rate for a three year period from November 2008 to November 2011. In 2011, 2014, and 2017,
Global Technology, Inc. renewed its National high-tech enterprise certificate and therefore extended its three-year tax preferential status through November
2020. In December  2020,  Global  Technology,  Inc.  again  renewed  its  National  high-tech  enterprise  certificate  and  therefore  extended  its  three-year  tax
preferential status  from December 2020 until December 2023. This tax holiday reduced its 2021, 2020 and 2019 income tax provision by approximately
$0.0  million,  $1.4  million,  and  $1.0  million,  respectively.  This  tax  holiday  reduced  its  fiscal  2021,  2020,  and  2019  diluted  earnings  per  share  by
approximately $0.00, $0.05, and $0.05 respectively. Effective January 1, 2016, China expanded the scope of the National high-tech enterprise to include
additional deductions for qualifying research and development.

As  of  December  31,  2021,  2020  and  2019,  the  total  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefit  was  $0.2  million,  $0.2  million,  and  $0.2  million,

respectively. The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

Unrecognized tax benefits — January 1
Gross increases — tax positions in prior period
Gross decreases — tax positions in prior period
Unrecognized tax benefits — December 31

2021

2020

2019

181    $
—     
—     
181    $

181    $
—     
—     
181    $

181 
— 
— 
181 

  $

  $

F- 27

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
  
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
Table of Contents

The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits and penalties as income tax expense. Related to the unrecognized
tax benefits noted above, it has not accrued penalties or interest during 2021 as a result of net operating losses. During 2020 or 2019, the Company also
accrued no penalties or interest.

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various states and foreign jurisdictions. The Company’s open tax years subject to
examination in the U.S. federal and state jurisdictions are 2018 through 2020. To the extent allowed by law, the taxing authorities may have the right to
examine prior periods where net operating losses or tax credits were generated and carried forward, and make adjustments up to the amount of the net
operating loss or tax credit carryforward. The Company is subject to examination for tax years 2011 forward for various foreign jurisdictions.

The U.S. Tax Act significantly changed how the U.S. taxes corporations. The U.S. Tax Act requires complex computations to be performed that
were not previously required by U.S. tax law, significant judgments to be made in interpretation of the provisions of the U.S. Tax Act, significant estimates
in calculations, and the preparation and analysis of information not previously relevant or regularly produced. The U.S. Treasury Department, the IRS, and
other standard-setting bodies will continue to interpret or issue guidance on how provisions of the U.S. Tax Act will be applied or otherwise administered.
As future guidance is issued, the Company may make adjustments to amounts that we have previously recorded that may materially impact our provision
for income taxes in the period in which the adjustments are made.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the CARES Act was signed into law on March 27, 2020. The CARES Act, among other things, includes
tax  provisions  relating  to  refundable  payroll  tax  credits,  deferment  of  employer  social  security  payments,  net  operating  loss  utilization  and  carryback
periods, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property
(“QIP”). On December 27, 2020, the Taxpayer Certainty and Disaster Tax Relief Act of 2020 was enacted as part of the Consolidated Appropriations Act,
2021, followed by the American Rescue Plan Act on March 1, 2021. These recent laws, among many other provisions, expand and extend the Paycheck
Protection  Program  (“PPP”),  refundable  employee  retention  tax  credits  previously  made  available  under  the  CARES  Act  and  allow  a  full  deduction  for
business meals for the 2021 and 2022 tax years. During 2021, the Company recognized a tax benefit of $1.3 million on the non-taxable forgiveness of the
PPP loan (see also Note K). However, the legislation had no material impact to income tax expense on the Company’s financial statements as a result of our
valuation allowance. 

As of December 31, 2021, the Company does not have any accumulated undistributed earnings generated by foreign subsidiaries. The Company
expects  any  earnings  of  foreign  subsidiaries  to  be  indefinitely  invested  outside  the  United  States  on  the  basis  of  estimates  that  future  domestic  cash
generation will be sufficient to meet future domestic cash needs. 

F- 28

 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTE P—SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Equity Plans 

The Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved the following equity plans:

‑

‑

‑

the 2006 Share Incentive Plan

the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (“2013 Plan”)

the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (“2021 Plan”)

The  Company  issued  stock  options,  restricted  stock  awards  (“RSAs”)  and  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”)  to  employees,  consultants  and  non-
employee directors. Stock option awards generally vest over a four year period and have a maximum term of ten years. Stock options under these plans
have been granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant. Nonqualified and Incentive Stock Options, RSAs and RSUs
may be granted from these plans. Prior to the Company’s initial public offering in September 2013, the fair market value of the Company’s stock had been
historically determined by the board of directors and from time to time with the assistance of third party valuation specialists.

Stock Options 

Options have been granted to the Company’s employees under the five incentive plans and generally become exercisable as to 25% of the shares

on the first anniversary date following the date of grant and semi-annually thereafter. All options expire ten years after the date of grant.

The following is a summary of option activity (in thousands, except per share data):

    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Number of

shares

    Weighted
Average

    Weighted      
Average

    Share Price     Weighted     Remaining     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

    Contractual    
Life

Average
    Fair Value    

on Date of
Exercise

Outstanding, January 1, 2021
Exercised
Forfeited
Outstanding, December 31, 2021
Exercisable, December 31, 2021
Vested and expected to vest

(in thousands, except price data)

     $
9.64     

276    $
(2)    
(4)    
270     
270     
270     

10.29     
6.00    $
10.46       
10.32     
10.32     
10.32     

5.41     
0.40     
5.64       
5.44     
5.44     
5.44     

2.67    $

1.69     
1.69     
1.69     

54 
7 
— 
— 
— 
— 

As of December 31, 2021, there was no unrecognized stock option expense.

F- 29

 
 
  
                          
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
      
   
     
     
   
      
   
      
   
      
 
  
Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Unit/Awards

The following is a summary of RSU/RSA activity (in thousands, except per share data):

  Number of

shares

    Weighted
    Average Share    Weighted     Aggregate
Intrinsic
    Price on Date     Average Fair    
Value

of Release

Value

Outstanding at January 1, 2021
Granted
Released
Cancelled/Forfeited
Outstanding, December 31, 2021
Vested and expected to vest

(in thousands, except price data)
     $

8.28     

14.97    $
10.12     
15.21     
12.28     
11.15     
11.15     

11,279 
16,016 
6,411 
583 
11,156 
11,156 

1,325     
1,733     
(775)   $
(113)    
2,170     
2,170     

As  of   December 31, 2021,  there  was  $20.9  million  of  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to  these  RSUs  and  RSAs.  This  expense  is

expected to be recognized over 2.52 years.

Performance Based Incentive Plan

 In    June  2021,  the  Company  approved  to  grant  performance  stock  units  (“PSUs”)  to  senior  executives  as  a  part  of  our  long-term  equity
compensation  program.  The  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  that  will  ultimately  be  issued  to  settle  PSUs  granted  ranges  from  0%  to  200%  of  the
number granted and is determined based on certain performance criteria over a three-year measurement period. The performance criteria for the PSUs are
based on a combination of the performance of our stock price and the Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) for the performance period compared with the
TSR of certain peer companies or index for the performance period. PSUs granted vest 100% on the third anniversary of their grant, assuming achievement
of the applicable performance criteria. We estimated the fair value of the PSUs using a Monte Carlo simulation model on the date of grant. Compensation
expense is recognized ratably over the explicit service period. 

Share-Based Compensation 

The Company recognizes compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the applicable vesting term of the award and expense is adjusted as

forfeitures occur.

In 2014, the Company ceased issuing stock options and began issuing RSUs and RSAs as share-based compensation to employees. The Company

estimates the fair value of RSUs and RSAs at the fair market value on the grant date.

Employee share-based compensation expenses recognized for the years ended December 31, were as follows (in thousands):

Share-Based compensation - by expense type:

Cost of goods sold
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative
Total share-based compensation expense

2021

2020

2019

885    $
2,173     
1,115     
7,948     
12,121    $

937    $
2,812     
1,191     
8,106     
13,046    $

772 
2,557 
1,070 
7,405 
11,804 

  $

  $

F- 30

 
  
  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
      
   
   
      
   
      
   
      
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTE Q—STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock 

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 45,000,000 shares of common stock, all of

which have been designated voting common stock.

Preferred Stock 

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

Public Offerings of Common Stock 

On October 24, 2019, the Company filed a Registration Statement on Form S-3 with the Securities and Exchange Commission effective January 9,
2020, providing for the public offer and sale of certain securities of the Company from time to time, at its discretion, up to an aggregate amount of $250
million. In connection with such Form S-3, on February 28, 2020, the Company entered into an Equity Distribution Agreement with Raymond James &
Associates, Inc. pursuant to which the Company may issue and sell shares of the Company’s stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $55.0 million
(the “Initial ATM Offering”) from time to time through Raymond James & Associates, Inc. The Company completed its Initial ATM Offering in January
2021 and sold 5.9 million shares of common stock at a weighted average price of $9.12 per share, providing proceeds of $53.9 million, net of expenses and
underwriting discounts and commissions. On February 26, 2021, the Company entered into another Equity Distribution Agreement with Raymond James &
Associates, Inc. pursuant to which the Company may issue and sell shares of the Company’s stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $35 million
(the “Second ATM Offering”) from time to time through the Raymond James & Associates, Inc. As of December 31, 2021, the Company sold 0.1 million
shares  of  common  stock  under  the  Second  ATM  Offering  at  a  weighted  average  price  of  $9.08  per  share,  providing  proceeds  of  $1.0  million,  net  of
expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions.

NOTE R—SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The Company operates in one reportable segment. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who is considered to be the chief operating decision
maker, manages the Company’s operations as a whole and reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information
about product revenue, for purposes of evaluating financial performance and allocating resources.

The following tables set forth the Company’s revenue and asset information by geographic region. Revenue is classified based on the location of

where the product is manufactured. Long-lived assets in the tables below comprise only property, plant, equipment and intangible assets (in thousands):  

Revenues:

United States
Taiwan
China

Long-lived assets:
United States
Taiwan
China

2021

Year ended December 31,
2020

2019

14,633    $
99,201     
97,731     
211,565    $

18,380    $
131,076     
85,167     
234,623    $

9,795 
97,776 
83,301 
190,872 

2021

As of December 31,
2020

2019

87,709    $
63,644     
108,509     
259,862    $

90,999    $
71,080     
108,575     
270,654    $

94,507 
73,816 
97,687 
266,010 

  $

  $

  $

  $

The Company serves four primary markets, the internet data center, CATV, telecom and FTTH markets. Of the Company’s total revenues in 2021,
the  Company  earned  $97.5  million,  or  46.1%,  from  the  internet  data  center  market,  $94.3  million,  or  44.6%,  from  the  CATV  market,  $16.2  million,  or
7.7%, from the telecom market and $1.0 million, or 0.5%, from the FTTH market. Of the Company’s total revenues in 2020, the Company earned $173.4
million, or 73.9%, from the internet data center market, $37.9 million, or 16.2%, from the CATV market, $21.1 million, or 9.0%, from the telecom market
and  $0.1  million,  or  0.0%,  from  the  FTTH  market.  Of  the  Company’s  total  revenues  in  2019, the Company earned $143.6 million, or 75.2%, from the
internet data center market, $37.3 million, or 19.6%, from the CATV market, $8.4 million, or 4.4%, from the telecom market and $0.2 million, or 0.1%,
from the FTTH market.

F- 31

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
       
       
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
       
       
 
   
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTE S—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

On August 1, 2000, the Company established a 401(k) profit sharing plan covering employees meeting certain age and service requirements. The
plan provides for discretionary Company contributions to be allocated based on the employee’s eligible contributions. The Company made contributions of
$1.0 million, $0.8 million, and $0.8 million to the 401(k) plan for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Employees of Global participate in a state-mandated social security program in China. Under this program, pension costs are recorded on the basis
of required monthly contributions to employees’ individual accounts during their service periods. Under the regulations of the People’s Republic of China,
Global is required to make fixed contributions to a fund, which is under the administration of the local labor departments. Pension expense for Global was
$1.0 million, $1.2 million, and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Employees Prime World’s Taiwan branch participate in a pension program under the Taiwan Labor Pension Act. Pension expense for the Prime

World’s Taiwan branch was $0.7 million, $0.8 million, and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

NOTE T—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments 

The Company conducts part of its operations from leased facilities and also leases equipment. Rent expense was $1.3 million, $1.4 million, and

$1.3 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

At December 31, 2021, the approximate minimum rental commitments under noncancellable leases in excess of one year that expire at varying

dates through 2029 were as follows (in thousands):  

Year ended December 31,
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
thereafter

Amount

1,334 
1,393 
1,231 
1,257 
1,197 
2,923 
9,335 

  $

  $

Employment Agreements and Consultancy Agreements 

The Company has entered into employment and indemnification agreements with three executive officers. These agreements provide that if their
employment is terminated as a result of a change of control of the Company, or if their employment is terminated for certain other reasons set forth in the
agreements, the Company will be required to pay a severance payment in an amount equal to their annual base salary, and other additional compensation
due under the terms of the agreements.

The Company has also entered into employment and indemnification agreements with one other executive officer. This agreement provides that if
his employment is terminated as a result of a change of control of the Company, the Company will be required to pay a severance payment in an amount
equal to six months of his annual base salary and other additional compensation due under the terms of the agreements.

F- 32

 
 
  
   
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
  
Table of Contents

Contingencies 

From time to time, the Company may be subject to legal proceedings and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, including, but not
limited  to,  inquiries,  investigations,  audits  and  other  regulatory  proceedings,  such  as  described  below.    The  Company  records  a  loss  provision  when  it
believes  it  is  both  probable  that  a  liability  has  been  incurred  and  the  amount  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  Unless  otherwise  disclosed,  the  Company  is
unable to estimate the possible loss or range of loss for the legal proceeding described below.

Except for the lawsuits described below, the Company believes that there are no claims or actions pending or threatened against it, the ultimate

disposition of which would have a material adverse effect on it.

Class Action and Shareholder Derivative Litigation

On  August 7, 2018, a derivative lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas styled Lei Jin, derivatively
on behalf of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. v. Chih-Hsiang (“Thompson”) Lin, Stefan J. Murry, William H. Yeh, Alex Ignatiev, Richard B. Black, Min-Chu
Chen, Alan Moore, and Che-Wei Lin and Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., No. 4:18-cv-02713 alleging breaches of fiduciary duties, unjust enrichment, and
violations of Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act based on similar factual allegations as in the securities class action captioned Mona Abouzied v. Applied
Optoelectronics,  Inc.,  Chih-Hsiang  (Thompson)  Lin,  and  Stefan  J.  Murry,  et  al.,  Case  No. 4:17-cv-02399,  which  had  been  previously  filed  against  the
Company  and  was  dismissed  following  a  settlement  in  2020.    On    December  18,  2018,  a second  derivative  complaint  was  filed  styled  Yiu  Kwong  Ng
v.Chih-Hsiang (“Thompson”)  Lin,  Stefan  J.  Murry,  William  H.  Yeh,  Alex  Ignatiev,  Richard  B.  Black,  Min-Chu  Chen,  Alan  Moore,  and  Che-Wei  Lin  and
Applied Optoelectronics, Inc., No. 4:18-cv-4751 alleging the same causes of actions as the Jin complaint and additional factual allegations regarding our
announcement  on    September  28,  2018  that  the  Company  had  “identified  an  issue  with  a  small  percentage  of  25G  lasers  within  a  specific  customer
environment.”  On  January 11, 2019, the Court consolidated these two derivative actions, and on  January 15, 2019, the Court entered an order staying the
actions  pending  the  resolution  of  the  securities  class  actions.  On    June  24,  2020,  the  plaintiffs  filed  a  notice  that  the  stay  of  proceedings  had  been
terminated, and on  July 2, 2020, the parties filed a Joint Stipulation and Proposed Scheduling Order. The Court entered the stipulated scheduling order on
the  same  date,  under  which  Defendants  were  required  to  file  and  serve  their  response  or  responsive  pleading  to  the  complaint  by    August  3,  2020.  By
agreement of the parties, the Court subsequently extended the deadline for Defendants to file and serve their response or responsive pleading to  December
2, 2020. On  December 2, 2020, Defendants filed their motion to dismiss the consolidated derivative complaint. On  December 7, 2020, Plaintiffs filed a
notice  alerting  the  Court  that  they  were  intending  to  file  an  amended  complaint,  which  was  subsequently  filed  by  Plaintiffs  on    January  13,
2021. Defendants filed a motion to dismiss all claims on  March 1, 2021.  On  June 25, 2021, the parties filed a stipulation indicating that they had reached
a  settlement-in-principle  of  the  action.  In  the  stipulation,  the  Company  agreed  to  implement  various  corporate  governance  reforms  as  specified  in  the
Settlement Agreement in addition to having its D&O insurance carrier make a payment to the Plaintiffs in exchange for a full dismissal of all claims and
customary releases. On  June 28, 2021, the Court stayed all deadlines in the action for 30 days to allow the parties to finalize the settlement. The deadline
was extended to late  August. On  August 30, 2021, the Plaintiffs filed an unopposed Motion for Preliminary Approval of the Settlement agreed to by the
parties. On November 2, 2021, the Court granted final approval of the settlement and closed the case. The deadline to appeal has now passed with no party
appealing  final  judgement.  This  motion  was  granted  on    August  31,  2021  and  the  Court  set  the  Settlement  Hearing  date  for    November  4,  2021.  The
Company  has  complied  with  all  requirements  of  the  Settlement  Agreement  and  the  Settlement  Hearing  is  on  schedule  to  take  place  on    November  4,
2021. The  Company  has  agreed  to  implement  various  corporate  governance  reforms  as  specified  in  the  Settlement  Agreement  in  addition  to  having  its
D&O insurance carrier make a payment to the Plaintiffs in exchange for a full dismissal of all claims and customary releases.

Other Contingencies 

On  August  9,  2021,  the  Company  has  received  a  Taxes  Notification  of  Audit  Result  (“Notice”)  from  the  Texas
Comptroller’s Office (the “Comptroller”), for fiscal years between 2016 and 2019, informing the Company that the Comptroller
believes the Company did not qualify for certain sales and use tax exemptions on various Research and Development purchases
and  accordingly  the  Company  is  liable  for  Sale  and  Use  Tax  in  the  amount  of  approximately  $1.0  million  including  interest
charges. The Company paid $0.4 million for the tax notice but challenged the remaining tax assessments and vigorously defended
its position. The Comptroller’s office has not made final assessments after the Company’s defenses. However, the management
estimated the additional tax assessment will be in the range of $0.2 million to $0.4 million including interest charges.

F- 33

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

NOTE U—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued.

In January 2022 , the Company repaid its revolving bank line of credit of $14.4 million.

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Exhibit 23.1

We  have  issued  our  reports  dated  February  24,  2022,  with  respect  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting
included in the Annual Report of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021.  We consent to the incorporation by
reference of said reports in the Registration Statements of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. on Form S-3 (File No. 333-234310) and on Forms S-8 (File No.
333-192407, File No. 333-217871, File No. 333-223347, File No. 333-230243, and File No. 333-236831).

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Houston, Texas
February 24, 2022

 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1

I, Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.;

CERTIFICATION

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the

statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.

Date: February 24, 2022

/s/ CHIH-HSIANG (THOMPSON) LIN
CHIH-HSIANG (THOMPSON) LIN
President, Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

I, Stefan J. Murry, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc.;

CERTIFICATION

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the

statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.

Date: February 24, 2022

/s/ Stefan J. Murry
STEFAN J. MURRY
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION

Exhibit 32.1

Pursuant to the requirement set forth in Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Section 1350

of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the U.S. Code (18 U.S.C. § 1350), Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin, President and Chief Executive Officer of Applied
Optoelectronics, Inc. (the “Company”), and Stefan J. Murry, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies that, to the best of his
knowledge:

1. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2021, to which this Certification is attached as Exhibit 32.1 (the

“Annual Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

2. The information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the

Company.

In Witness Whereof, the undersigned have set their hands hereto as of the 24 day of February, 2022.

/s/ Chih-Hsiang (Thompson) Lin
CHIH-HSIANG (THOMPSON) LIN
President and Chief Executive Officer

      /s/ Stefan J. Murry
STEFAN J. MURRY

  Chief Financial Officer

This certification accompanies the Annual Report to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be
incorporated by reference into any filing of Applied Optoelectronics, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Annual Report), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.